Full text of "Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland"

See other formats

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY

QUEENSLAND

FOR 1943

VOL. LV.

ISSUED 14th AUGUST, 1944,

PRICE : FIFTEEN 8HILUMQ6,

Printed for the Society
by

A, H. Tucker, Government Printer, Brisbane.

NOTICE TO AUTHORS.

1. Each paper should be accompanied by the author ?s name, degrees and official

address.

2. Papers must be complete and in a form suitable for publication when com-

municated to the Society and should be as concise as possible.

3. Papers must be accompanied by an abstract of not more than one hundred

words.

4. Papers should be in double-spaced typescript on one side of the paper with

ample margins.

■5. The use of italics in the text should be restricted to generic and specific
names, foreign words and titles of periodicals.

6. The cost of author’s corrections to proof above what the Council considers

a reasonable amount, must be borne by the author.

7. Unless otherwise specified each author will be supplied with fifty separate

copies of his paper. Any number exceeding this may be obtained at
approximately cost price.

&. All references should he listed at the end of each paper and arranged
alphabetically under authors ’ names, e.g ,

Keilin, D. (1929) Proc. Roy. Soc. B, vol. 104, p. 207.

Lesage, P. (1895) Ann. Sci. Nat. Bot., vol. 1, p. 809.

The corresponding references in the text should be:

“Keilin (1929)”, “Lesage (1895)”.

9. The size of the printed plate will not exceed 8 in. x 4} in., and drawings
may be to this size, or preferably to a convenient small multiple thereof.
The effect of the neeessary reduction on lettering and fine detail should
be borne in mind. Text figures should be drawn for reduction to a width
not exceeding 4 in.

10. Drawing in line should be executed in intensely black ink, such as good

India ink, on a smooth surface, preferably Bristol board. Excessively
fine, scratchy or faint lines are to be avoided. Tints or washes cannot
be reproduced in line drawings, in which the maximum degree of contrast
is necessary.

11. Drawings or photographs for reproduction in half-tone should, where possible,

be grouped for reproduction on one plate. They should be done or
mounted on a smooth surface, such as Bristol board, as the grain of most
drawing papers becomes visible on reproduction. Single photographs
should be sent fiat and unmounted. All prints should be on glossy
bromide or gas-light paper.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY

QUEENSLAND

FOR 1943

VOL. LV.

ISSUED 14th AUGUST, 1944.

PRICE ; FIFTEEN SHILLINGS.

Printed for the Society

A. H. Tucker, Government Printer, Brisbane.

The Royal Society of Queensland.

Patron :

MS EXCELLENCY, COLONEL THE EIGHT HONOUEABLE SIE LESLIE
OBME WILSON, G.C.S.I., G.C.M.G., G.C.I.E., P.C., D.S.O., LL.D.

OFFICERS, 1943.

President :

Bmffessor J. BOSTOCK, M.B., B.S., M.E.C.S., L.E.C.P., D.P.M., P.E.A.C.P.

Vice-Presidents :

Professor D. H. K. LEE, M.Sc., M.D., B.S., D.T.M.
F. A. PEEKINS, B.Sc.Agr.

Eon. Treasurer: Eon. Secretary:

E. W. BICK. MAEGAEET I. E. SCOTT, M.Sc.

Eon. Librarian:
I. E. BICK, M.Sc.

Eom. Editors:

S. T. BLAKE, M.Sc.

M. F. HICKEY, M.A., M.B., B.S.

Members of Council:

W. BL BEYAN, M.C., D.Sc., H. J. G. HINES, B.Sc., E. M. SHEPHEED, B.E.,
Professor T. G. H. JONES, D.Sc., A.A.C.I., C. CLAEK, M.A.

Trustees :

F. BENNETT, B.Sc., J. B. HENDEESON, F.I.C., and
A. J. TUENEE, M.D., F.E.E.S.

Eon. Auditor:

L. P. IIEEDSMAN.

Bankers :

COMMONWEALTII BANK OF AUSTEALIA.

<^0NAL IftjsM’

5oU.;^H-3

CONTENTS.

Volume LV.

No. 1. — Presidential Address : Terra Australis Rediviva. By B. H. K.

Lee, M.Sc., M.B., B.S., B.T.M. (Issued separately, 4th August,

Pages.

1943)

1-10

No. 2. — Australian Stratiomyiidae, II. 'By G. H. Hardy. (Issued
separately, 7th September, 1944)

No. 3. — A Revision of the Australian Nolidae (Lepidoptera). By
A. Jefferis Turner, M.B., F.B.E.S. (Issued separately, 4th
March, 1944)

13-50

No. 4. — Outline of the Geology of the Morobe Goldfields. By
N. H. Fisher, Lf.Sc. (Issued separately, 26th June, 1944) . .

51-58

No. 5. — Contributions to the Queensland Flora, No. 8. By C. T. White.
(Issued separately, 26th June, 1944)

59-83

No. 6. — Essential Oils of the Queensland Flora, Part XIX. By
T. G. JI. Jon\es, D.Sc., A.A.C.I., and F. N. Lahey, D.Sc.
(Issued separately, 26th June, 1944)

85-86

No. 7. — Notes on the Petrie Series, South-Eastern Queensland. By
A. W. Beasley, B.Sc. (Issued separately, 26th June, 1944) . .

87-101

Report of Council

v.— vi.

Abstract of Proceedings

vii— xiii.

List of- Library Exchanges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiv.-xvi.

List of Members . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii -xxii.

Vol. LV.. No. 1.

Proceedings of the Royal Society ol
Queensland.

Presidential Address :

TERRA AUSTRALIS REDIVIVA.

By Douglas H. K. Lee, M.D., M.Sc., F.R.A.C.P., D.T.M.,
Professor of Physiology, University of Queensland.

{Delivered before the Royal Society of Queensland , 29 th March, 1943 ;
issued separately , 1 6th August, 1943.)

1. INTRODUCTION.

The subject to be taken for the Presidential Address appears to
give the Retiring President as much trouble as all other cares of twelve
months’ office. This is evident from the opening remarks of many such
past addresses and I have heard it freely expressed by recent holders
of that office. As I have had during half of my term, through unavoid-
able circumstances, to leave the cares of office to the kindness of the
Vice-Presidents, the proportionate burden in my case is even greater.

Like many before me, I have run through the list of past addresses
to take counsel with those of more mature experience. While this list
is a varied one, the emphasis throughout is, as is only right, upon
Queensland ; but in dealing with Queensland, the burden of these
addresses has almost always been scientific facts or scientific history.
Only rarely have the possibilities of the future been discussed. It is
true that science must concern itself with facts ; that prophesy is a
dangerous pastime is equally true. Nevertheless, scientific progress is
not made in the main by a blind unplanned pushing forward into the
fog. Whether it be a scientific experiment or the development of
scientific industry, one plans ahead, trying to foresee the probable
developments, endeavouring to avoid dangerous pitfalls. One must
preserve, however, a flexibility of plan to cope with the unforeseen or
unexpected.

Now the progress and development of a country is a far greater,
a far more important and a far more difficult task than the development
of the greatest industry. Nevertheless, the difference is one of
magnitude rather than character. Both require considerable art and
practical ability, but both require exact knowledge and sound planning-
based upon such knowledge. In the affairs of country as in the affairs
of business and experiment, there come periods of crisis, moments when
great decisions have to be made, when opportunities have to be seized
or forever lost. Never before has there been such a crisis in the affairs
of Australia and particularly of Queensland ; never before have
opportunities been so forcibly thrust into our hands; never before have
we been given such responsibilities as now come to us through the
fortunes of war.

2 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

It is my purpose in this address to put before you this crisis, these
opportunities and these responsibilities as I see them. Because this is
a scientific society whose members are at least fully mindful of the
importance of science if not active practitioners, I shall confine myself
mainly to the place of science in these matters. But please do not
imagine for a moment that I regard science as the alpha and omega of
all progress. As I indicated before, there is the art and practice of
development, and there are the cultural and spiritual aspects of social
progress, all of equal importance. I am not, however, the person nor
is this the place to enter upon their discussion. Others will be able to
present to you those aspects more appropriately.

2. THE POSITION TO-DAY.

I shall not worry you by a lugubrious recital of opportunities
missed, of short-sighted management or of economic fallacies in the
past. It is necessary that these mistakes be studied and their lessons
taken to heart, but you can do that quite easily for yourselves. If you
are wise, you will leave the study of these errors not so much with
complaint on your lips as a firm resolve in your hearts not to make
these mistakes again, a resolve to seize the present opportunities to the
full. This is the time for intelligent, inspired action, not for useless
repining.

I want you first to look at the position to-day and to crystallise for
yourselves its outstanding features. The first of these is, I think, a
growing realisation that the northern parts of Australia have been sadly
neglected, that attention has been unduly focussed upon the south-
eastern part of the continent. For a long time northern residents have
been pointing this out, but their complaints have, naturally enough,
been regarded as those of the minority jealous of the amenities enjoyed
by the majority. Only too often the reply has been, “Well, why live
there V’ For various reasons it was only to be expected that political
and economic power should develop and concentrate in south-eastern
Australia, and it is natural for the residents of such a centre to develop
a somewhat restricted vision. The exigencies of war have, however,
jolted these people out of their complacency, have brought to them a
sudden realisation of the existence, potentialities — and dangers — of the
relatively undeveloped northern lands. An important proportion has
been snatched from its protected domestic environment and made to
live in and on the northern land much as the pioneers did. Many of
those who, by reason of holding key positions, have not been forced to
go as far as this, have had to take a very lively and personal interest
in the north and have seen for themselves exactly what these lands are
like — their potentialities as well as their drawbacks. Realisation has
dawned : the clouds of complacency must not be allowed again to darken
the light.

The next outstanding feature of the position to-day is the extensive
development of communications and the marked increase in numbers
everywhere to be seen in North Queensland and frequently in other
parts of Northern Australia. It is true that military and civil camps
are liable to movement, but for the most part that movement is but
from one place in the North to another in the North. Numbers are
continually increasing. Roads and aerodromes spring up almost over-
night. These and pre-existing installations are constantly being
improved to handle more and heavier traffic. The whole population is

TERRA AUSTRALIS REDIVIVA.

coming* to accept massive transport and rapid communications as the
normal state of affairs. They will not need to be educated to develop-
ment; they will be resentful if these developments are curtailed.
Mushroom-like have been these developments; we must see to it that
unlike mushrooms they do not wilt and crumble with the passing of
the conditions that gave them birth.

Never before has there been such a clear demonstration of what
man can do in the tropics — or such a definite lesson upon the dangers
to be encountered. It is being amply demonstrated daily that men can
successfully carry out the hardest physical labour under the hottest
natural conditions with no abnormal physical consequences — provided
that they are well-fed, well-trained and contented. In this last regard,
the crucial value of all those measures which go to preserve morale is
also being amply demonstrated. At all times man works best when he
is free from extraneous worries, can enjoy adequate physical and mental
relaxation and is pursuing a definite purpose in life. Nowhere are
these things more important than in the tropics, for in loss of mental
efficiency and morale we have one of the threats to successful tropical
settlement. Mental efficiency can be achieved, but the will to undertake
such work is reduced, and the distracting irritations increased. Specific
tropical disease, especially malaria, typhus and dysentery constitute
the chief danger and impediment, but these are defined entities fairly
well understood and not as yet well established in Australia itself.

A fourth characteristic of the present position is the presence of
large numbers of United States troops, men who hold themselves even
freer to think, criticise, experiment and discuss problems than we do
ourselves. They come from a country which has in its recent and
perhaps in its contemporary history had to face up to many of the
problems which are now confronting us. Their country has an even
greater diversity of climates and natural resources than has Australia.
They are not, individually or collectively, afraid of trying out new
methods, of making a mistake, at least once. From them we can imbibe
much spirit that is good, from them learn many techniques that are
invaluable. Some of them, no doubt, will remain with us to give the
impetus to development which always comes from the introduction of
foreign nationals. From those who leave we must retain in some way
the spirit of divine dissatisfaction.

A last, but by no means an insignificant aspect of the present day
position is the development of new industries less dependent upon
climate and minerals than the classical heavy industries of earlier origin.
These industries are often suited to dispersion and some of them, such
as the plastics industry, use as raw materials by-products of the sugar
industry — fibre, alcohol, acetone.

3. THE DEMANDS OF THE FUTURE UPON TO-DAY.

What, then, are the demands which the future of tropical Australia
makes upon us to-day? In brief they are two — (i.) that we make full
use of all the opportunities now existing; (ii.) that we set about
discovering and proving the latent possibilities. These are so true as
to be almost platitudes. Why have we not done just this before ; why
should we have to remind ourselves of them?

4 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

The simplest answer to the problem is that hitherto we have lacked
sufficient national^ coherence and determination. Individuals have
made progress for various personal reasons — private profit, personal
aggrandisement or the satisfaction of an inner restlessness of spirit.
Governmental or semi-governmental institutions have tackled many
specific problems. But a consolidated, co-ordinated, continuous national
effort has not yet been fully developed. The problem is too vast, the
issues at stake too great to trust any longer to spontaneous individual
effort or to any one specific interest. Pioneers we must have, and human
nature being what it is, we always will have, but they must be linked
to a national effort and they must be conscious of a national effort open-
ing up the trails they have blazed. For the first time in history we are
being welded into a nation with a purpose, and we are gaining efficiency
very quickly in consequence in the pursuit of that purpose. A similar
unified drive— nothing less — is required to achieve social development.

The development of a driving force is a great achievement, but that
is only the start. That force must be applied correctly and efficiently.
That presupposes accurate knowledge ; knowledge of what resources are
available, what resources are latent, what are likely to be the conse-
quences of development. That knowledge must be kept constantly up
to date and closely related to the problems as they arise. In a word,
science must be an integral part of the national organization for
progress. This may seem to be a truism unnecessary of expression.
You can, no doubt, point to many instances of science and scientists
being used in such a manner. That is true and all to the good; but
these are but instances, not the regular thing. To those who have seen
what goes on in other countries, the amount of time and money devoted
to developmental research in this country seems exceptionally small.
For a very long time we have complacently watched our best men drift-
ing to England and America where encouragement and opportunities
are so much greater. When expert opinion is required we have been
content to import it temporarily, only to find that the worth of the
opinion is often largely offset by lack of knowledge of local conditions.
All this is natural enough in a young growing country; but we must
learn to stand on our own feet. The time for that attitude arrived some
years past, but we have realized it only recently and with something
of a shock.

Continuous real progress can only be achieved when all engaged
therein have a consciousness of reasonable security ; a conviction that
their efforts will not be suddenly rendered naught by national upheaval ;
a conviction that their families will share the material fruits of their
labours and adherence to national life. Again, progress must be very
slow and the inertia great if the mass of the people are not conscious
of the benefits accruing to them from such progress. The history of
the last one hundred and fifty years is full of instances of the retarda-
tion of progress by people who could see only disaster to their personal
lives resulting therefrom. It is most essential, therefore, that the
general population be educated to the benefits and need for national
progress. It is essential that our knowledge be applied deliberately
and publicly to the common weal and not to the restricted interests of

* The word 1 1 national ’ ’ is used throughout in the sense of “ a body of people
united under the same government ’ it is the coherence of the people which is of
primary importance. Without the solid backing of a united people individual effort
is largely wastrel; -and this we can under no circumstances afford to waste.

TERRA AUSTRALIS REDIVIVA.

some individual or group. How this is to be done, is a matter of national
administration; we, as scientists, can help by refusing to devote our
time to restricted interests and by making public our discoveries, inven-
tions and opinions. This we can do only if we are everywhere assured
of national support and freedom of expression.

A last demand by the future upon us of to-day is that we set about
increasing our population. This increase is necessary more particularly
in the more easily worked areas, in order to bear the burden of long-
term development in less easily worked areas. This again is a matter
for national administration, although undoubtedly problems will arise
which will require scientific attention.

4. SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE.

So we come to the more purely scientific aspects of the problem.
If I have one impression more marked than another as a result of
undertaking scientific work in relation to the war effort, it is of the
distressingly poor state of our records of facts concerning local
conditions. I should like to quote three instances. For certain purposes
I desired to know the temperature of the soil at different depths up to
twelve feet at different seasons of the year. I finally managed to get
figures for Rothamstead (England) ; Tucson (Arizona) and Ceylon. I
could not find a single published result for Australia. I am sure that
such observations must have been made many times for special purposes,
but the results are lying in some forgotten file in forgotten archives. I
also wanted to know the incidence of solar radiation at different
latitudes at different seasons in Australia. Again, no recorded informa-
tion could be obtained, although one scientist obligingly calculated the
theoretical incidence for clear days. Again, monthly and in some cases
weekly averages for wet and dry bulb temperatures were required for
many stations. This information was available but had to be specially
culled from the Departmental records; it did not exist in an easily
reproducible form ; it had never been published. I could multiply the
instances of failure to record or to publish easily ascertained data upon
natural phenomena, but these will serve to indicate the large amount
of work there is to be done in making observations upon simple
phenomena and applying them to local problems. The existing lack is
not the fault of any individual; it is just symptomatic of our national
unawareness.

Let me now summarise what I consider the most important items
in the future scientific programme as applied to tropical development.
The first undoubtedly is the proper compilation of all possible data
concerning the natural phenomena of this region — its physiography,
climates, soils, geology, flora and fauna. Much of this has been done
and done excellently ; much has been done but reposes in forgotten files
or fickle memories ; undoubtedly much remains to be done. It is certain
that it all requires co-ordination and collection in readily accessible
form. I suggest to the incoming Council that they make it a duty to
collect and care for any such records made available by members until
such time as a better home can be found for them.

The next most important item is to know the effects these conditions
are likely to have upon man, his health, happiness and productivity;
or conversely, the conditions man requires to achieve his optimum state.
Something has been done towards securing and, correlating this know-
ledge in recent years, particularly for war purposes, but much remains
to be done.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

Following upon man himself, comes the question of the effect these
conditions have upon the various animals necessary to his economic
welfare. In a crude way we know that certain animals do or do not
“do welF’ in certain areas. We know much about the parasitic diseases
prevailing in different areas. Generally speaking, however, animal
physiology has not gone beyond the superficial stage and animal
pathology needs very much greater study and correlation with human
pathology. The biochemical aspects of animal behaviour and disease
are in a particularly primitive condition.

From animals we may turn to plants, wild and cultivated. Here
too, while much has been done, war-time needs have awakened us to
the tremendous gaps in our knowledge. The effect of soils, seasons and
climates upon other than our main crops of sugar and wheat is but
little understood. The variation of vitamin content or of toxic property
with variation in growth conditions is very imperfectly understood.

Next in logical sequence comes the utilisation of natural phenomena
or primary products for the benefit of mankind, the moulding of
environment to human ends. Here, more than anywhere, the impetus
given by war can more easily and rapidly be transferred to the larger
national end of social development. There is no limit to the possibilities
in this direction ; I am just afraid that the primary developments will
not be sufficiently advanced to give these secondary developments full
scope.

Running concurrently with all these developments there must be
a very great degree of co-ordination and systematisation of our know-
ledge. It must be made easy for the enquirer to ascertain just what is
known about the problems confronting him, what facts have been
ascertained, what lines of investigation have been tried, what opinions
are held. It is neither just nor economical that every person with a
problem should have to spend a large part of his time sifting large
masses of literature and records scattered through a number of institu-
tions for a few grains of information. Such information or handy
references to it should be collected together in some convenient place
and a reliable information service provided. Every large industrial
concern maintains such a service in relation to its own problems; the
organization of national development can do with nothing less.

5. A PLAN FOR SCIENCE IN TROPICAL DEVELOPMENT.

The operators in the scientific side of tropical development fall
into three classes: —

A. The Producers of Knowledge.

Individual scientists, professional and amateur.

Scientific institutes.

Industrial research.

Government department research.

Scientific literature.

Museums.

B. The Users of Knowledge.

Government executives.

Organized industry; primary, secondary and tertiary.

Individual producers.

Applied scientists and scientific professions.

TERRA AUSTRALIS REDIYIYA.

C. The Purveyors op Knowledge.

Universities.

Technical colleges.

Secondary schools.

Press and radio.

Libraries and museums.

These are all operative to-day to greater or lesser degree, but in no
case to the degree needed for proper national development. The
relationships between the operators are loose, nebulous and individual.
Can they be integrated and if so, how?

There are probably many ways of achieving this, and the one I put
before you now is but an example ; nevertheless, it is the one, I think,
which has the greatest chance of success. I suggest that the greatest
need is a focal point; a focal point based in scientific fact, not in
expediency. That focal point would be provided by a central Institute
— let us say, an Institute of Tropical Development — provided that its
plan was large enough, its facilities good enough and its personnel great
enough to do the job properly. No half-hearted or cheese-paring
compromise would do. Such an action could only add to the already
existing confusion. To illustrate my conception, let me set out what
would be its objects, its facilities and its relationship to other
institutions.

Objects—

1. To collect and systematise all available information relating to
scientific aspects of tropical development.

2. To supply information on scientific aspects of tropical develop-
ment and to arrange contact with individual specialists or groups of
specialists.

3. To provide centralized housing for scientific libraries and
records.

4. To provide laboratory space and routine laboratory facilities for
accredited research workers.

5. To assist field work in tropical problems.

6. To assist educational projects.

Facilities—

1. Full scientific library facilities.

2. Secretarial and statistical assistance for research workers.

3. Meeting and lecture rooms.

4. Space and apparatus for exhibits, demonstrations, films, &e.

5. Routine laboratory equipment and services for research workers.

6. Directorate and research staff.

Relationships—

1. Government. Erection and maintenance largely governmental.
Full assistance to Government in scientific matters other than routine
or executive. Co-ordinated regular discussions and advisory groups.

8 PROCEEDINGS OF, THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

2. Universities . Full assistance to approved research projects.
Co-ordination of library facilities. May be administered through
University.

3. Scientific Societies. Provision of house-room and co-ordination
of library facilities.

4. Technical and other colleges and schools. Free use of library
and technical facilities.

5. Industry. Provision of information and arrangement of
discussion or advisory groups.

6. Individual scientists. Free use of facilities. Co-option for
advisory purposes.

7. Press and radio. Provision of accurate information. Arrange-
ment of contact with individual or group of specialists.

8. Other research bodies. Co-operation without unnecessary over-
lap. Assist dissemination of information.

Such a plan will take care of the integration of scientific know-
ledge. There remain two other very important matters. The first is
the use of this knowledge. It remains in some quarters a debatable
matter to what extent science or scientists should intrude upon the
executive sphere, the actual use — or misuse — of the knowledge they
make available. As one writer puts it, to what extent should he bury
his head in academic sand and murmur, “politics don’t count”? The
power the scientist can wield for the public good depends upon two
factors — (i.) the consciousness of executives of the need for such
extension work; (ii.) the ability shown by the scientist for dealing with
practical problems. Both the individual scientist and organized
scientific bodies will need to give much more attention to both these
points in the future. It is quite important that only those scientists
who show a special aptitude for the handling of practical problems
should be allowed to intrude upon that sphere. The enthusiastic
academician, when he gets outside of his sphere, is liable to do much
more harm than good, both to the individual project and to the cause
of applied science generally.

The second matter is the production of the scientific workers them-
selves in all three categories — producers, purveyors and users. The
majority of the science graduates at present join the ranks of the users.
Far too few become producers or purveyors. This is partly due to the
unawareness of the general public of the advantages of University
training, partly to economic difficulties and partly to the fewness of the
positions offering and their unattractiveness. All these restrictions
must be remedied. The first thing to do is to create the demand, and
that means that those whose responsibilities include scientific develop-
ment— Government, industry, education — must plan for the develop-
ment and create the positions necessary, and make them sufficiently
attractive to the right types. Attention must then be given to supplying
the demand by educating the public to the possibilities, by adequate
financial assistance where required to the deserving types (this is already
begun) and by expanding training facilities.

Although they are really included in the foregoing, the research
workers need special comment. The number of students really suited
to research work is small, but they must be carefully selected, inspired
and trained. They must then be given facilities. This is, in Australia

TERRA AUSTRALIS RED! VIVA.

to-day, the weakest link in the chain of scientific development. Much
more money, many more facilities are required. The individual research
worker must not be regarded as a production unit. Some are lucky,
some have the gift of individual production, but there are others who
seem to miss the final step which brings fame. These are not failures;
they contribute essentially to the forward march of scientific knowledge
by their own work, by critical discussion with others, and by elimination
of unproductive lines. Research must be judged by its total output,
not by individual successes or failures. Wise and experienced adminis-
tration will eliminate those unsuited to research at an early stage, but
it cannot and must not attempt to demand discoveries from each and
every worker. Research is costly; to the production manager it may
seem wasteful, but it cannot be coerced. The individual workers must
have security and freedom of action — they must also have guidance,
and that is why the very best of directors are required. A battalion is
as good as its commanding officer; a research institute is seldom any
better than its director. You would do well to read Alan Gregg’s
recent publication — “The Furtherance of Medical Research,” to see
these facts set out more fully and more cogently than it is possible for
me to do here. Correspondence in the recent numbers of the Australian
Journal of Science by Prescott, Rivett and Hallsworth clinches many
of these points in respect to Australia.

Let me now summarise the plan. First, a focal point, in the nature
of a scientific institute, to co-ordinate knowledge and effort. Secondly,
greater provision for the use of science and scientific workers in all
aspects of national development. Thirdly, increased attention to the
encouragement and training of scientists.

6. THE RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE SCIENTIST.

How are these things to be brought about ? It is perfectly plain
that the movement has to start with the scientist and the scientific bodies
themselves. They must continually draw attention to the prime import-
ance of scientific knowledge, scientific planning and scientific methods
in national development. Executives cannot be blamed for disregarding
science if it utters but an occasional plaintive cry amidst the thunder
of national machinery. Scientists, or their representatives, must enforce
attention, talk politics with the politician, business with the industrialist,
social welfare with the workers’ representative. This process must be
continuous, not sporadic; it must be in accordance with reality, not
utopian; it must be disinterested, not partisan — especially not partisan
towards science. Facts in the hands of the honest and courageous man
constitute in the long run the best weapon.

While science is being thus presented to others, it behoves the
scientists themselves to put their own house in order. I would like each
scientist to put the following questions to himself and to give to each a
scientific, — i.e., an unbiassed — answer : —

(i.) Am I working as hard as I reasonably could?

(ii.) Am I working as efficiently as I could?

(iii.) Am I attempting as far as possible to integrate my work
with that of others?

(iv.) Am I tackling my job systematically, or am I playing about
and deluding myself?

10 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

(v.) Is the line I am following sufficiently important, having due
regard to all the circumstances, to warrant my spending my
time at it?

(vi.) Do I waste time in administrative niceties and delay the
main pursuit?

(vii.) Am I becoming an arm-chair scientist, or do I still roll up
my sleeves and enjoy doing it? Am I a talker or a doer?

(viii.) Do I place my own personal advancement or advantage
before that of the nation ?

(ix.) Do I tend to place personal accomplishments and learning,
which will die with me, before the advancement of science,
which will continue after me?

(x.) Could I not start now on that project which I have been
going to undertake for so long?

(xi.) Have I put on record various facts I have gleaned and
observations I have made so that other people will not waste
time repeating them unnecessarily?

When you have your answers you will know best where you can
start in helping forward the national progress I have been urging.

CONCLUSION.

Looking back over the manuscript of this address I find that it
departs from all the principles I like to see followed in the delivery of
a lecture. Perhaps that is a good thing. A lecture is usually
impersonal ; I do not want this to be impersonal. I want it to express
what I, as Retiring President of the Royal Society of Queensland, feel
about things ; what I feel Science should contribute to-day to the
national life. I want to convey the spirit, not the detail of progress.
There are always plenty of opportunities of planning out detail, but
these are of no consequence if the will to action is wanting. It is action
which is wanted to-day from the scientific leaders in this community;
where better could it start than in this Society?

Vol. LV., No. 2.

AUSTRALIAN STRATI OMY 1 1 DAE IL

Tribe MYXOSARGINI.

By G. H. Hardy, Queensland University, Brisbane.

{Received 12th March, 1943; accepted for publication 5th April , 1943;
issued separately 1th September, 1943.)

An improved scheme for determining subfamilies of Stratiomylidae
was given in these Proceedings (XLIV., 1932, pp. 41-9) and was subse-
quently adopted by Mr. M. T. James in various papers. Recently,
however, this author has written on the tribe Myxosargini in a way that
breaks down the arrangement of genera under Sarginae.

Im his new tribe Myxosargini, James (Pan-Pacific Entom. xviii.
1942, pp. 49-60) brings together Myxosargus, which originally had been
placed under Stratiomyiinae, and five other genera variously placed,
and he also added the possibility of Acanthasargus and Melanochroa
being synonyms of Nothomyia. An analysis of the genera and species
with distribution is as follows: —

Nothomyia Loew 1869, including synonym Berisargus Linden
1933 ; 10 species in the Americas.

Myxosargus Brauer 1882 ; 8 species in the Americas.

Melanochroa Roder 1886 ; 1 species in Brazil.

Prosopochrysa deMeijere 1907 ; 1 species in India and Java,

Acanthasargus White 1914; 4 species in Australia.

Rhaphiocerina Linden 1938 ; 1 species in Japan.

Geranopus White 1914 ; 1 species in Australia.

The genus Geranopus added above, was unknown to, and not men-
tioned by, James, and also it appears that two at least of the three
species placed under Sargus in Australia may be more remotely allied
to Myxosargini, but two of the three genera in Australia come under
the tribe, and may be readily distinguished as follows: —

1. Without seutellar spines . . . . , . . . . . . . Sargus.

With seutellar spines (Tribe Myxosargini) .. .. .. .. 2

2. With the cubital vein touching the vein bordering the median cell; no

cross-vein is to be seen there . . . . . . . . Gerampus.

With the cubital vein separated from the vein bordering the median cell;
a cross- vein connects them . . . . . . . . Acanthasargus.

Under tribe Myxosargini, genera are brought together on
characters that hitherto have not been regarded as significant. The com-
ponents, being complex in regard to many structures, have been relegated
to various subfamilies, but probably they are marking some phylogenetical
development along which genus Sargus may have had its origin. The
more primitive forms have been relegated to Stratiomyiinae, under
which subfamily James retains the tribe.

Vol. LV, No. 3.

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN NOLI DAE
(LEPIDOPTERA).

By A. Jefferis Turner, M.D., F.R.E.S.

(Received 1 6th February, 1943 ; accepted for publication 5th April, 1943 ;
issued separately, 1st March, 1944.)

The Nolidae are a group that has been through many vicissitudes.
Linnaeus (1758) described the first species as Tinea cucullatella.
Huebner (1827) described the genus Roeselia, placing it in the
Tortricidae. Stainton (1859) placed the family in the Pyraloidea.
Even as late as 1902, Dyar in his Catalogue of the American Lepidoptera,
placed the Nolidae in his Tineoidea, which included the Pyralidae and
Tortricidae. There seems to have been no reason for these conjectures,
except the small size or superficial resemblances of the species.

We owe our first real knowledge of the Australian species to
Mleyrick, who described 18 species (a few of which had been previously
named) in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales in 1886 and 1888. He placed
them at that time in the Arctiadae, as also he did in his Handbook of
British Lepidoptera (1895), but in his Revised Handbook (1927) he
recognised them as a separate family. Hampson, in the second volume
of his Catalogue of the Lepidoptera Phalaenae (1900), gave us for the
first time a complete revision of the whole family in the world fauna,
treating it as a subfamily of the Arctiadae. This was added to in the
first volume of the Supplement to that work (1914). These are still,
and will long remain, the chief authority for the group.

The family may be thus defined: Tongue present. Palpi well
developed, laterally compressed, sometimes very long, porrect or
obliquely ascending. Antennae with a small tuft of scales on lower
edge of basal joint. Thorax usually smooth, but sometimes with a
posterior crest. Abdomen often with a dorsal crest on first segment,
and sometimes on second segment. Legs smooth ; spurs well developed.
Pore wings with tufts of scales; without areole. Hind wings with 12
coincident with cell to middle.

A long anastomosis of 12 of the hindwings with the cell occurs in
some groups of the Noctuidae, but in these this vein is separate at its
base; complete fusion is a character common to the Nolidae and
Arctiadae. As I have stated elsewhere, I consider this is an instance
of parallel evolution. The tongue may be well developed or rather weak ;
sometimes, when retracted, it is completely hidden by the well developed
and appressed palpi; it is doubtful whether it is ever absent. The
antennal tuft is a small but constant character. The tufts on the fore-
wings are subcostal and three in number, the third being either before, at,
or after middle. Occasionally a fourth tuft, more dorsal and peripheral,
is present. To this arrangement the genus Zia is an exception ; in it the
tufts are arranged differently.

I agree with Hampson that the Nolidae are a direct development of
the Noctuidae, the Sarrhothripinae being their immediate allies; but I
hold that the Arctiadae are a direct development of the Hypsidae.

14 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

Key to Genera.

1. Forewings • with 9 and 10 absent

Fore wings with 9 present, 10 absent

Forewings with 9 and 10 present

2. Forewings wit,h 3 and 4 stalked

Pisara

Forewings with 3 and 4 separate

3. Abdomen with basal dorsal crests

Celama

Abdomen without crests

Sorocostia

4. Forewings with eell short and its lower angle

strongly produced

Idiocydtara

Forewings with cell not so formed

5. Abdomen with basal dorsal crest, male antennae

ciliated

Nola

Abdomen without dorsal crests, male antennae with

long pectinations

Selca

6. Forewings with 10 stalked with 7, 8, 9

Boeselia

Forewings with 10 separate

7. Abdomen without dorsal crests

Abdomen with dorsal crests

Zia 10

8. Hindwings with 6 and 7 stalked

Aedemon

Hindwings with 6 and 7 connate

Spathoptila

The discrimination between the two largest genera, Celama and Nola
requires care, for it is sometimes not easy. Apart from this the
application of this key should not he difficult.

The diagnosis of the species of these two genera will always be a
difficult problem, and cannot be made easier by keys. Close attention
must be paid to the following structural characters: —

1. The length of the palpi in terms of the breadth of the eyes.

2. The structure of the male antennae.

3. The number and position of the tufts on the forewings. These

are easily abraded, and this must be allowed for.

4. The markings on the forewings, especially the antemedian and

postmedian lines, must be carefully studied, and compared
with the best available descriptions. They are subject to
variation, not so much in their pattern, as in the obsolescence
of parts of the pattern, even in fresh specimens. Worn
examples may be misleading, and cannot always be deter-
mined. For the determination of a species a series or at
least one example in perfect condition is desirable.

1. Gen. Pisara Wlk.

J. Linn. Soc. Zool. 1862, p.117 ; Hmps. ii, p.5.

Palpi long, laterally compressed; second joint rough-scaled above
and beneath; terminal joint short, pointed. Antennae of male with
fascicles of cilia. Abdomen with dorsal tufts on first and second seg-
ments. Forewings with 2 from near angle, 3 and 4 stalked from angle,
5 closely approximated, 6 from well below upper angle, 7 and 8 stalked,
9 and 10 absent, 11 separate. Hindwings with 2 from three-fourths,
3 and 4 coincident from angle, 6 from middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked,
12 anastomosing to middle of cell. Type : P. opalina Wlk. from Borneo
and India.

Only two species have been described.

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN NOLID AE ( LEPIDOPTERA ) . 15

1. PlSARA HYALOSPILA.

Pisara hyalospila Hmps. Suppl. i, p.369 ; Turn., Proc. Roy. Soc. Q. 1915,

p.ll.

$ $ , 20-22 mm. Palpi 2 and a half. Antennae of male with
fascicles of cilia (3). Forewings of male with a suboblong fovea in
posterior end of cell; whitish; tufts large, brassy-fuscous, second and
third approximated, third tuft median ; a large brassy-fuscous basal
patch, its posterior edge from two-fifths costa to near middle of dorsum,
nearly straight; postmedian line slender, fuscous, sometimes reduced
to dots, from costa before middle, subcostal to two-thirds, there acutely
toothed, thence strongly sinuate to three-fifths dorsum; subterminal
fuscous, from four-fifths costa to tornus, with shallow subcostal and sub-
median prominences, often preceded by a band of brassy-fuscous
suffusion.

North Queensland: Cape York; Cairns; Atherton. Queensland:
Namb’our; Brisbane; McPherson Range. New South Wales: Lismore.

2. Gen. Celama.

Wlk., xxxii, p.500 ; Hmps. ii, p.5.

Palpi porrect, laterally compressed, moderate or long, sometimes
very long, rough-scaled above and beneath; terminal joint minute.
Antennae of male with fine short pectinations or with fascicles of cilia.
Abdomen with dorsal crests on first and second segments. Forewings
with 2 from two-thirds, 3 from angle, 4 and 5 approximated at origin,
6 from below upper angle, 7 and 8 stalked, 9 and 10 absent, 11 separate.
Hindwings with 2 from shortly before angle, 3 and 4 coincident from
angle, 5 widely separate, 6 and 7 stalked, 12 anastomosing with cell to
middle. Type : C. bifascialis Wlk. Closely allied to Nola, differing only
in the absence of vein 9 of the fore wing. Occasionally in that genus
9 separates close to the wing margin, and us difficult to observe, but
descaling is seldom necessary. The genus cannot be divided according
to the antennal differences, for in many species the fascicles consist of
branching cilia, and seem to be intermediate, the pectinations being
reduced to such fineness as to be imperceptible.

2. Celama diastropha n.sp.

StacTTpo^os-, distorted.

$ $ , 13-14 mm. Head and thorax white. Palpi 3 ; pale brown,
sometimes with a fuscous ventral streak from base to three-fourths.
Antennae pale grey, towards base white ; in male with fascicles of branch-
ing cilia (3) . Abdomen grey- whitish. Legs whitish ; anterior pair fuscous
with whitish tarsal rings. Forewings suboval, costa strongly arched
near base, thence only slightly, apex rounded, termen slightly rounded,
oblique ; undersurface in male with raised ridges of altered scales on
subcoastal and median veins in basal area, together with elongate foveal
depressions between them and in cell; cell shortened to one-third and
with strongly curved costal edge ; 7 and 8 short-stalked or approximated
from angle ; in female cell normal and 7 and 8 short-stalked ; white with
fuscous and brown markings ; tufts large, pale brown, third tuft absent,
a fourth tuft on lower angle of cell; a short dark fuscous streak from
base of costa along fold ; antemedian line imperfect or represented by a
few dots ; a fuscous suffusion between fourth tuft and mid-dorsum ; post-
median line represented by a series of dark fuscous dots, from one-third

16 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

costa to middle of disc at two-thirds, there angled inwards to end at
mid-dorsum; subterminal interrupted, suffused, or reduced to dots; a
series of brownish dots on termen and costa beyond middle ; cilia whitish
with pale fuscous bars. Hindwings and cilia whitish.

North Queensland: Cape York in October and November
(W. B. Barnard) ; Kuranda in October (F. P. Dodd) ; five specimens.

3. COELAMA COELOPHORA n.sp.

Koi\o(j)opos, bearing a hollow.

8 , 15 mm. Head white. Palpi 2 ; pale grey. Antennae grey,
towards base white. Thorax grey ; patagia white. Abdomen grey-whitish.
Legs whitish ; anterior pair fuscous. Forewings rather narrow, suboval,
costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; in male
cell short (one-third) and occupied by a deep suboblong hollow or fovea;
3, 4, 5 stalked and connate with 2 from angle of cell, 7 and 8 long-stalked,
11 curved from before upper angle ; grey with fuscous markings ; tufts
approximated, grey, third tuft at one-third; a slender oblique inwardly
curved line from second tuft towards dorsum ; postmedian line slender,
from midcosta, subcostal to three-fourths, thence oblique and dentate to
fourth-fifths, curved inwards on vein 5 and sinuate to three-fourths
dorsum; subterminal suffused; a terminal series of dots; cilia grey.
Hindwings and cilia whitish. The type is in poor condition, and this
description may need supplementing, but the male is easily recognised
by its structural characters.

Queensland: Brisbane in August; one specimen.

4. Celama crucigera n.sp.
crucigerus, marked with a cross,

8 , 18 mm. Head white. Palpi 2 and a half, grey, upper edge
white. Antennae grey, towards base white ; in male with fascicles of cilia
(2 and a half). Thorax grey. Abdomen grey-whitish; basal crest grey.
Legs fuscous with whitish rings; posterior pair except tarsi mostly
whitish. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa gently arched, apex
pointed, termen slightly rounded, strongly oblique; in male with a
suboblong posterior fovea in cell; cell short (one-third) ; 3, 4, 5 stalked
from angle of cell connate with 2, 11 curved from near upper angle ;
white lightly sprinkled with grey and fuscous ; tufts grey, approximated,
third tuft at one-third; a subdorsal dot at one-fifth, connected by a fine
line with another beneath and before middle ; an oblique line from about
middle of lower elge of cell, crossing previous line, to above dorsum at
four-fifths, there sharply angled to three-fourths dorsum ; a spot in cell ;
another on costa at two-fifths; postmedian represented by short streaks
on veins, that on vein 6 displaced inwards ; subterminal represented by
some vague suffusion ; cilia grey with some white bars. Hindwings and
cilia whitish. Agrees with male of C. coelophora in neuration, but with
very different pattern on forewings.

Queensland: McPherson Range (Springbrook) in September; one
specimen (W. B. Barnard). Type in Queensland Museum.

5. Celama coelobathra n.sp.

KoiXofiadpos, with hollowed base.

8 y 19 mm. Head white. Palpi 4, grey, upper edge and basal two-
thirds of lower edge white. Antennae grey, towards base white ; in male

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN NOLID AE (LEPIDOPTERA) .

with fine pectinations bearing tufts of cilia (2) . Thorax whitish ; tegulae
sprinkled with fuscous. Abdomen grey ; tuft whitish ; underside
pale ochreous. Legs whitish; anterior pair grey with whitish rings.
Forewings elongate-triangular, costa gently arched, apex pointed, termen
nearly straight, oblique ; in male with a small basal fovea in cell ; neura-
tion normal; whitish sparsely sprinkled with grey; markings fuscous;
tufts small, fuscous, third tuft before middle; costal dots at base, one-
fourth, and middle ; antemedian line obsolete ; postmedian slender, from
beneath midcosta, subcostal for a short distance, then angled to become
transverse, and thickened by fuscous suffusion anteriorly, about middle
bent inwards and suffused to dorsum at two-thirds, with a subdorsal
projection; subterminal pale; suffused with a small projection above
middle, and a larger rounded beneath middle ; some terminal dots ; cilia
grey. Hindwings and cilia whitish.

West Australia: Perth, one specimen received from Mr. W. H.
Mathews.

6. Celama thyridota.

Celama thyridota Hmps., Cat. Lep. Phal. Suppl. i, p.390; Turn., Proc.
Roy. Soc. Q. 1915, p.12.

Antennae with fine pectinations ending in fascicles of cilia (3 and
a half). The male type, which is still unique, is easily recognised by its
foveae. With it I could associate several females, but unfortunately I am
unable to give any criteria, by which these can be distinguished from
C. bifascialis, of which I have seen a series of both sexes.

North Queensland: Townsville.

7. Celama fovifera.

Celama fovifera Hmps., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xi, p.342; Cat. Lep.
Phal. Suppl. i, p.401.

Unknown to me.

North Queensland: Townsville.

8. Celama bifascialis.

Pisara bifascialis Wlk. xxxi, p.244.

Celama liparisalis Wlk. xxxii, p.500.

Celama bifascialis Hmps. ii, p.ll, pl.18, f.4.

Palpi 2 and a half. Antennae with fine pectinations ending in
fascicles of cilia (3 and a half).

North Queensland: Thursday I.; Cape York; Cardwell; Dunk I.,
Townsville. Queensland*. Nambour; Brisbane; Toowoomba; New
South Wales : Lismore.

9. Celama semograpta.

Sorocostia semograpta Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1886, p.720.

Nola semograpta Hmps. ii, p.42, pl.19, f.10.

Nestiodes eremnopa Turn., Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. 1938, p.71.

Tongue present but weakly developed. Palpi 1 and a fourth.
Antennae in male with fascicles of cilia (2 and a half).

New South Wales: Ebor; Sydney; Mittagong. Victoria: Gisborne.
Tasmania: Deloraine; Bothwell; Hobart; Mt. Wellington. South
Australia: Mt. Lofty.

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

10. Celama TAENIATA.

Nola taeniata Snel., Tijd. v, Ent. 1874, p.65, pl.6, f.l.

Boeselia fragilis Swin., Tr. Ent. Soc. 1890, p.184; Hmps., Moths Ind
ii, p.139.

Sorocastia mesozona Lne. Proc Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1889, p.1075.

$ 2 , 12-16 mm. Head and thorax white. Palpi 2 ; grey, upper
surface white. Antennae grey, near base white ; in male with very fine
pectinations carrying tufts of cilia (1 and a half). Abdomen grey-
whitish. Legs whitish ; anterior pair grey with whitish rings. Forewings
elongate-triangular, costa gently arched, termen slightly rounded, slightly
oblique ; white ; tufts fuscous, first tuft small, third tuft beyond middle,
included in fascia ; a series of minute costal striae more or less developed ;
second tuft connected with dorsum, and giving off a short, very slender,
sinuate line towards dorsum; a rather broad postmedian fascia, brown
more or less mixed with dark fuscous and sprinkled with lustrous white
scales, its posterior edge oblique from two-thirds costa but soon angled
inwardly, oblique and slightly waved to two-thirds dorsum; a slender
wavy fuscous or brownish subterminal line more or less developed ; some-
times a submarginal series of dots; cilia grey. Hindwings and cilia
white. Very distinct.

North Australia : Darwin. North Queensland : Innisfail.

Queensland: Maryborough; Brisbane; Tweed Heads. New South
Wales: Lismore. Also from Java, Ceylon and India.

11. Celama microphila n.sp.

Sorocastia microphila Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. 1899, p.16.

Celama microphila Hmps., Suppl. i, p.402, pl.23, f.9.

S 2 , 11-13 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey. Palpi 1 and
a half; fuscous. Antennae grey; in male with fascicles of cilia (2).
Legs fuscous with whitish rings. Forewings narrowly triangular, costa
slightly arched, apex round-pointed, termen nearly straight, strongly
oblique ; whitish with fuscous markings and scattered scales ; tufts grey-
whitish, sometimes partly fuscous, third tuft median; second tuft
connected with one-fourth costa, and emitting a fine line to one-fifth
dorsum; sometimes costal dots at one-fourth and middle; postmedian
line from near midcosta, outwardly oblique to middle of disc, thence
inwardly curved to four-fifths dorsum, well defined posteriorly, but
suffused anteriorly in dorsal half ; subterminal line ill defined and
irregularly dentate ; sometimes a terminal series of dots ; cilia grey with
fuscous sprinkling. Hindwings and cilia grey-whitish. Small and
obscure, but not to be mistaken for any other species.

Queensland: Brisbane; Toowoomba.

12. Celama atmophanes n.sp.

arfio^avT]?, smoky.

<2 $ , 13-15 mm. Head white or grey. Palpi 1 and a fourth ; fuscous.
Antennae fuscous; in male with fascicles of branching cilia (1 and
a half). Thorax fuscous. Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous with whitish
rings; posterior pair except tarsi mostly whitish. Forewings narrow,
suboval, costa rather strongly arched, apex rounded, termen slightly
rounded, strongly oblique; white more or less densely sprinkled with
fuscous; markings dark fuscous; tufts small, dark fuscous, third tuft

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN NOLID AE (LEPIDOPTERA) . 19

median ; a large basal costal spot ; a spot on one-fourth costa, connected
with second tuft, from which a line proceeds to one-third dorsum,
indented above margin ; postmedian line commencing from a dot on costa
before middle, obliquely curved to middle of disc at two-thirds, there
acutely angled, and inwardly curved to two-thirds dorsum, not dentate ;
subterminal suffused, interrupted and ill-defined; a terminal suffusion
with some darker dots; cilia grey with some fuscous scales, Hindwings
and cilia grey. Obscure, but can hardly be mistaken for any other
species.

Queensland: Injune in October, November, February, March, and
April; ten specimens (W. B. Barnard). Type in Queensland Museum.

13. Celama leucoma.

Sorocostia leucoma Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1886, p.725.

Celama leucoma Hmps. ii, p.19, pl.18, f.15.

$ $ , 17-18 mm. Head white. Palpi 1 and a half ; whitish.
Antennae grey, near base white; in male with fascicles of cilia (2).
Thorax pale grey; patagia white. Abdomen pale grey. Legs whitish;
anterior and middle tarsi fuscous with whitish rings. Forewings
moderately broad, triangular, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen
obliquely rounded ; pale grey ; a white sub-basal costal patch ; tufts large,
grey, second and third approximated, third tuft beyond middle; mark-
ings fuscous ; a dot or short mark on costa near base, giving off a short
line, anterior to first tuft, to fold or beyond; no antemedian line; a
costal dot at one-fourth, another median touching third tuft, and some-
times others smaller between and beyond these ; a moderate fascia,
including third tuft, from midcosta obliquely outwards, obtusely angled
inwards at two-thirds, and inwardly curved to two-thirds dorsum ; some
white dots or suffusion on apical third of costa; sub-terminal line
suffused, with obtuse subcostal and median projections; some terminal
dots or suffusion; cilia grey sprinkled with fuscous. Very distinct.

New South Wales : Sydney.

14. Celama tetralopha n.sp.

T€TpaAo(f)os , with four tufts.

S , 18-20 mm; $ , 21-22 mm. Head whitish. Palpi 1 and a' half;
fuscous. Antennae fuscous or grey ; extreme base whitish ; in male with
fine short pectinations, from which arise tufts of cilia (2). Thorax
grey. Abdomen whitish-grey. Legs fuscous with whitish rings ; posterior
pair except tarsi mostly whitish. Forewings triangular, rather broad,
costa gently arched, apex rounded-rectangular, termen slightly rounded,
slightly oblique ; white with patchy grey suffusion and a variable amount
of dark fuscous sprinkling; tufts rather large, fuscous, second and third
approximated, a fourth whitish tuft in middle of disc slightly beyond
third ; extreme base of costa with dark fuscous and grey suffusion ; a dark
fuscous dot on one-fourth costa connected with second tuft, from which
a fine incomplete line proceeds towards two-thirds dorsum; a similar
spot on midcosta touching third tuft; median area sometimes densely
suffused with dark fuscous and grey; postmedian line dark fuscous,
dentate, usually very distinct, from median costal spot, subcostal to
three-fourths, thence transverse or slightly oblique, below middle curved
inwards to two-thirds dorsum, sometimes indented above margin; sub-
terminal more or less suffused, with irregular subcostal and median

20 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

posterior prominences; terminal edge usually whitish with dark fuscous
dots ; cilia grey more or less distinctly barred with whitish. Hindwings
and cilia grey.

Variable, hut may be distinguished by its short fuscous palpi, rather
broad forewings, and whitish fourth tuft, which is however not
conspicuous, and may be absent from abrasion.

Queensland : Maryland near Stanthorpe in February ; five
specimens (W. B. Barnard). Type in Queensland Museum.

15. Celama pleurosema n.sp.

TrXevpoarjiJios, with costal mark.

$ , 18 mm. Head and thorax dark grey. Palpi 1 and a half ;
dark fuscous, upper edge dark grey. Antennae grey; in male with
fascicles of cilia (1 and a half). Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous with
whitish rings; posterior pair except tarsi mostly whitish. Forewings
narrow, triangular, costa moderately arched, apex pointed, termen
straight, strongly oblique ; grey with dark grey streaks on veins ; mark-
ings dark fuscous ; tufts fuscous, third tuft median ; a costal dot at one-
fourth, connected with second tuft an elongate median dark costal mark
touching third tuft; postmedian reduced to a series of minute dots on
veins, from beneath two-thirds costa, moderately outwardly curved,
oblique from middle to three-fifths dorsum ; cilia grey. Hindwings and
cilia pale grey. Recognised by its short fuscous palpi, narrow
forewings, sombre colour and elongate costal mark.

Queensland: Toowoomba in September; one specimen (W. B.
Barnard). Type in Queensland Museum.

16. Celama celaenephes n.sp.

KeXaivecfrrjs, darkly clouded.

$ , 16 mm. $ , 24 mm. Head and thorax dark fuscous. Palpi 1 and
a fourth ; dark fuscous ; ciliations in male one-half. Abdomen pale grey ;
dorsum of four central segments dark fuscous. Legs dark fuscous with
whitish tarsal rings; posterior tibiae grey. Forewings narrow, suboval,
costa gently arched, apex pointed, termen slightly rounded, oblique ;
fuscous with darker markings; tufts small, inconspicuous, third tuft
median ; costa broadly dark fuscous to one-third ; antemedian line from
one-third costa, at first transverse, below middle oblique, incurved, end-
ing on one-third dorsum; postmedian line from third tuft, very slender,
at first subcostal to two-thirds, thence transverse, below middle incurved
to two-thirds dorsum ; dorsal half of space between lines darkly suffused ;
cilia fuscous. Hindwings and cilia grey-whitish. The type of this
obscure species is not in good condition, but it is very different from
any other. The short palpi and very short antennal ciliations of the
male or noteworthy.

Queensland: Injune in January (W. B. Barnard). Victoria:
Birchip in Feburary (D. G-oudie). I have seen another taken at Sea
Lake by the latter.

17. Celama eucompsa n.sp.

evKo/jopos , neat.

$ , 14 mm. Head white. Palpi 1 and a half ; pale fuscous. Antennae
grey, basal joint white; in male with fascicles of cilia (2). Thorax and
abdomen grey. Legs grey; anterior pair fuscous; tarsi with whitish

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN NOLID AE (LEPIDOPTERA) . 21

rings. Forewings narrowly triangular, costa moderately arched, apex
rounded, termen lightly rounded, strongly oblique; white with slight
grey irroration ; markings fuscous, clearly defined ; tufts fuscous, first
and third small, second large, third tuft median ; second tuft connected
by a fine strigule with one-third costa, and by a slender sinuate line
with one-third dorsum ; a dot on midcosta, sometimes touching third tuft ;
postmedian line commencing beneath two-thirds costa as a transverse
dentate dotted line, bent inwards in middle, oblique and incurved to
three-fourths dorsum, below middle preceded by a slight parallel line;
subterminal suffused and widely interrupted ; a terminal series of dots
connected by grey suffusion; cilia grey with obscure whitish bars.
Hindwings and cilia white.

More neatly marked than C. elaphropasta, to which it is allied. It
differs in the shorter palpi, narrow forewings with strongly oblique
termen, median third tuft, and white hindwings.

Queensland: Mt. Tamb'orine in November; one specimen.

18. Celama euraphes n.sp.
evpacfrrjs, neatly embroidered.

2 , 18-20 mm. Head and thorax pale grey. Palpi 2 ; pale grey
mixed with white. Antennae whitish-grey. Abdomen pale grey ; apices
of segments white. Legs white sprinkled with fuscous; tarsi fuscous
with white rings. Forewings triangular, costa rather strongly arched,
apex subrectangular, termen rounded, slightly oblique ; tufts grey, second
tuft large, first and third small ; an elongate spot on base of costa, touch-
ing first tuft ; a small grey sub-basal suffusion across mid-disc ; a broad
curved brownish and fuscous fascia at one-third, its anterior edge sharply
defined; several minute blackish costal and subcostal dots beyond this;
a similar dot on midcosta, on the anterior edge of an oblong brownish
costal spot, giving off a rather suffused broad sinuate line to dorsum
beyond middle ; subterminal line slender, blackish, commencing on pos-
terior edge of this spot, subcostal for a short distance, then transverse
and slightly dentate to below middle, thence angled inwards and again
outwards to end on three-fourths dorsum ; subterminal brownish, suffused,
and roughly parallel; a brownish submarginal line; an interrupted
fuscous terminal line; cilia whitish with a slender fuscous median line.
Hindwings grey-whitish, cilia whitish.

Boughly similar to C. fraterna, but very different in its white
forewings with neatly defined markings, and other details.

Queensland : Brisbane in August, November, and May ; three
specimens.

19. Celama fraterna.

Ro\eselia fraterna Moore, Proc. Zool. Soe. 1888, p.393.

Celama fraterna Hmps. Suppl. i, p.403, pl.23, f.12.

$ 2 , 14-20 mm. Head grey or whitish. Palpi 2 and a half ;
fuscous, upper edge grey. Antennae grey ; in male with fine short pecti-
nations ending in fascicles of cilia (2). Thorax grey or brownish-
fuscous. Abdomen pale grey; apices of segments and tuft sometimes
whitish. Legs whitish sprinkled with fuscous ; tarsi fuscous with whitish
rings. Fore wings triangular, costa slightly arched, more strongly

towards apex, termen slightly rounded, slightly oblique ; whitish suffused
with brownish grey; tufts grey, second and third large, third tuft
beyond middle; often a brownish-grey basal patch; a brownish-grey

22 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

costal patch at one-fourth, connected with second tuft, from which a
brownish-grey fascia runs to one-third dorsum; a brownish-grey costal
spot touching third tuft; postmedian line slender, dark fuscous, com-
mencing near this spot, subcostal for a short distance, then transverse and
slightly dentate, sometimes reduced to dots, below middle inwardly
curved to four-fifths dorsum, sometimes with a posterior tooth above
margin, preceded by more or less brownish-grey suffusion forming a
more or less distinct fascia ; subterminal suffused and indistinct ; some-
times a submarginal or terminal series of dots; cilia grey with darker
bars. Hindwings grey, towards base paler ; cilia grey-whitish. Although
somewhat variable, this common species has an unmistakable facies.

North Australia : Darwin. North Queensland : Cairns. Queens-
land: Yeppoon; Bundaberg; Gayndah; Nambour; Brisbane; Tweed
Heads; Toowoomba; Carnarvon Range; Milmerran; Stanthorpe. New
South AY ales: Sydney. Also from India.

20. Celama van hasselti.

Nola van hasselti Heyl., C. R. Soe Ent. Belg. 1892, p.44.

Nola ceylonica Hmps., 111. Het. ix, p.88, pl.158, f.13.

Sorocostia desmotes Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. 1899, p.15.

Celama ceylonica Hmps. ii, p.24.

$ $ , 12-17 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-grey-whitish. Palpi 2
and a half ; ochreous-grey, upper edge paler. Antennae grey ; in male
with fascicles of cilia (1 and a half). Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous or
grey with whitish rings. Forewings triangular, costa straight or slightly
arched to near apex, apex rounded-rectangular, termen slightly rounded,
slightly oblique ; whitish more or less suffused with pale brown ; markings
brown and fuscous; tufts fuscous, third tuft beyond middle; basal half
of costa more or less suffused with brown and sprinkled with fuscous;
antemedian line slender, fuscous, usually incomplete ; postmedian line
from beneath two-thirds costa, dentate, sometimes reduced to dots, toler-
ably straight, but indented above dorsum, where it ends near tornus,
sometimes preceded by brown suffusion, but not forming a distinct fascia ;
subterminal line suffused and indistinct • cilia ochreous- whitish with grey
bars. Hindwings white often with a minute median grey dot, cilia
whitish.

This abundant species differs from C. fraterna in the forewings
being brown not grey, without fasciae, tufts fuscous, with a differently
formed postmedian line, and white hindwings. ,

North Australia: Darwin. North Queensland: Cape York;
Cairns ; Innisfail ; Palm I. ; Townsville ; Lindeman I. ; Eungella. Queens-
land : Gayndah ; Noosa ; Nambour ; Brisbane ; Stradbroke I. ; Tweed
Heads; McPherson Range; Toowoomba, Also from Java, Ceylon, and
India. Hampson (ii, p.24) made this species a synonym of C. squalida
Stand., but I doubt the correctness of this indent ification.

21. Celama pycnographa. h . sj*

7TVKvoypa<f)os, thickly marked.

$ $ , 14 mm. Head and thorax white with some fuscous suffusion.
Palpi in male 2, in female 2 and a half; fuscous, upper edge whitish.
Antennae grey, basal joint white; in male with long (2) branching
fascicles of cilia. Abdomen pale grey. Legs fuscous with whitish tarsal
rings; posterior pair (and in female middle pair) whitish. Forewings

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN NOLID AE (LEPIDOPTERA) . 23

suboval, costa strongly arched, apex rounded, termen rounded, slightly
oblique ; white with slight local fuscous suffusion ; tufts grey with some
fuscous scales; markings dark fuscous; a strigula preceding first tuft,
sometimes connected with base by dark suffusion ; an irregularly
thickened transverse line touching second tuft, sometimes double and
slightly waved, from one-third costa, at first oblique, soon bent to become
transverse, again bent and slightly waved to two-fifths dorsum; an
irregularly dentate line from third tuft, at first subcostal to near apex,
there bent to become subterminal, thickened, suffused anteriorly; a
suffused fuscous or grey terminal line; cilia whitish with fuscous or
grey bars. Hindwings and cilia whitish.

North Australia : Darwin in October and December ; two specimens
received from M!r. F. P. Dodd.

22. Celama maculifera n.sp.
maculiferus, blotched.

$ $ , 16-17 mm. Head and thorax white. Palpi 2 and a half ; grey,
upper edge white. Antennae grey; in male with fascicles of cilia (1 and
a half). Abdomen whitish. Legs fuscous with whitish rings; posterior
pair whitish. Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, apex sub-
rectangular, termen slightly rounded, slightly oblique ; whitish ; markings
and some irroration fuscous ; tufts large, fuscous ; second tuft connected
with costa', and with dorsum by two spots or blotches variable in size; a
large irregular pretornal blotch, its posterior dentate edge representing
dorsal portion, of postmedian line, of which the costal portion is
extremely slender, arising from third tuft, at first subcostal, soon trans-
verse and slightly incurved ; subterminal line represented by some patchy
suffusion ; cilia whitish with sub-basal bars and a slender subapical line.
Hindwings and cilia grey-whitish. Variable, but very distinct from any
other species.

North Queensland: Kuranda in September and October; Dunk I.
in May ; three specimens.

23. Celama sphaerospila n.sp.
ar(f)aLf)0(j7nAos, with rounded spot.

$ , 17-19 mm. Head and thorax white. Palpi 2 and a' half ; white,
outer surface of second joint except apex pale fuscous. Antennae grey,
towards base white. Abdomen grey ; apices of segments whitish. Legs
whitish ; anterior femora, anterior and middle tibiae, and all tarsi fuscous
with whitish rings. Forewings triangular, moderately broad, costa
rather strongly arched, apex rounded, termen slightly rounded, slightly
oblique ; whitish-grey ; tufts grey with some dark fuscous sprinkling ; a
rounded dark fuscous and grey median sub-basal spot, preceding and
touching second tuft, and connected with one-fourth costa; intervals
between' this and first tuft, and between second and third tufts, white ; a
very fine interrupted fuscous line from third tuft, at first subcostal for
a short distance, then bent to become transverse to middle of disc, thence
sinuate to three-fourths dorsum, edged posteriorly by a fine white line ;
a slender white subterminal line with rounded subcostal, median, and
subdorsal prominences; cilia whitish, sometimes with faint grey bars.
Hindwings grey-whitish, a slight grey discal mark on end of cell; cilia
whitish.

Queensland: Gladstone in June; Brisbane in August; two
specimens.

24 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

24. Celama subpallida n.sp.
subpallidus, somewhat pale.

9 , 20 mm. Head and thorax white. Palpi 3 ; fuscous. Antennae
grey, towards base white. Abdomen pale fuscous; apices of segments
whitish. Legs fuscous with whitish rings; posterior tibiae whitish
sprinkled with fuscous. Forewings rather broadly triangular, costa
moderately arched, apex round-pointed, termen nearly straight, oblique ;
grey-whitish; markings fuscous; costal edge fuscous near base; a short
elongate mark from base of costa ; a larger median costal triangle ; a
small costal spot at three-fourths, emitting a slender, nearly straight,
crenulate, interrupted line to two-thirds dorsum ; an interrupted, some-
what suffused, subterminal line with a rounded, median, posterior
prominence; a narrow terminal suffusion with darker terminal dots;
cilia whitish. Hindwings pale grey; cilia whitish.

North Australia : Darwin in J anuary ; one specimen received from
Mr. F. P. Dodd.

25. Celama argentea.

Sorocostia argentea Luc., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1890, p.1078.

Celama argentea Hmps. ii, p.12, pl.18, f.9.

$ 9 , 15-19 mm. Head white. Palpi 3 ; pale brownish, upper edge
white. Antennae grey, towards base white; in male with fascicles of
cilia (3). Thorax whitish grey, anteriorly white. Abdomen grey; tuft
whitish. Legs whitish ; anterior pair fuscous with whitish rings. Fore-
wings moderately broad, triangular, costa gently arched, apex rounded-
rectangular, termen slightly rounded, scarcely oblique; whitish-grey;
costa broadly white; tufts pale grey-brownish with some dark fuscous
scales, second and third large, third tuft beyond middle; some grey-
brownish or fuscous dots and striae on costa ; traces of an antemedian
line connecting a costal dot at one-third to second tuft, and this with
dorsum ; a costal dot connected with third tuft ; postmedian line fuscous,
very slender, from costal spot, subcostal to three-fourths, but often
partly obsolete, transverse and sinuate in disc, often reduced to a series
of dots, with a tooth above dorsum, on which it ends at three-fourths;
subterminal grey or fuscous, slender or suffused, interrupted or reduced
to dots; a faint grey interrupted terminal line; cilia grey- whitish with
faint basal bars. Hindwings and cilia whitish. Easily recognised.

Queensland: Yeppoon; Brisbane; Tweed H$ads.

26. Celama pygmaeodes n.sp.

TrvyiLaux)§r)s, tiny.

$ , 10-12 mm. Head and thorax white. Palpi 2 ; fuscous, upper <
edge white. Antennae pale grey, towards base white ; ciliations in male
2 to 2 and a half. Abdomen pale grey. Legs fuscous with whitish rings ;
posterior pair mostly whitish. Forewings suboval, costa strongly arched,
apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded ; white with slight pale fuscous
suffusion towards termen ; markings dark fuscous ; basal tuft white,
inconspicuous; middle tuft larger, dark fuscous, connected with costa
at one-third, and by a strong nearly straight line with dorsum at one-
third, sometimes preceded by a very slender parallel line ; third tuft
scarcely developed; postmedian line strongly sinuate, faintly indicated
or obsolete towards costa; subterminal line irregular, interrupted; cilia

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN NOLID AE ( LEPIDOPTERA ) . 25

whitish with some fuscous scales. Hindwings and cilia pale grey.
Characterised by its small size and white suboval forewings with strong
almost straight transverse line at one-third.

North Australia: Darwin in December. North Queensland:
Kuranda; two specimens received from Mr. F. P. Dodd. I have ma’de
the second and larger example, which shows most of the markings better,
the type. It has, however, lost its palpi. Only in the first example can
the form of the post median line be distinguished.

27. Celama amorpha n.sp.

api.op(f>os, unformed.

S $ , 16-18 mm. Head grey-whitish. Palpi 2 ; fuscous, upper edge
whitish. Antennae grey, towards base whitish, in male with fascicles of
branching cilia (2). Thorax grey. Abdomen grey; in one example with
dark fuscous median spots on second and third segments. Legs fuscous ;
posterior pair mostly whitish; tarsi with whitish rings. Forewings
narrow, suboval, costa slightly arched, apex pointed, termen obliquely
rounded; grey-whitish with some fuscous sprinkling; tufts fuscous, first
and third small, second larger, third tuft beyond middle ; usual markings
almost wholly obsolete ; sometimes a slender oblique line from one-eighth
costa to second tuft; sometimes a short oblique strigule from midcosta'
towards third tuft ; sometimes a slender longitudinal line on lower edge
of cell ; some short longitudinal subterminal and terminal streaks ; cilia
pale grey with some darker scales. Hindwings and cilia grey-whitish.

West Australia: Albany in March; four specimens (W. B.
Barnard). Type in Queensland Museum.

28. Celama pleurochorda n.sp.
nXevpoxophos , with costal bar.

$ , 18-20 mm. Head and thorax white or grey-whitish. Palpi 3 ;
fuscous, upper edge grey- whitish. Antennae pale-grey; in male with
fascicles of cilia ( 1 and a half ) . Legs fuscous with whitish rings ; pos-
terior pair mostly whitish. Forewings narrow, triangular, costa' straight
to two-thirds, thence gently arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely
rounded ; white with dark fuscous markings ; tufts rather large, fuscous,
third tuft beyond middle; a well defined broad costal streak from base
to third tuft, followed by several costal dots ; antemedian line absent ;
postmedian scarcely traceable, from third tuft obliquely outwards,
sharply angled above middle, to end of three-fourths dorsum; subter-
minal interrupted, anteriorly suffused, posteriorly with strong acute dark
teeth ; cilia fuscous or grey. Hindwings and cilia whitish. Very distinct.
A female from the McPherson Range is much smaller (14 mm.) , and does
not show the submarginal teeth, but must be referred here.

Queensland: McPherson Range (3,000 ft.) in November; Tweed
Heads in August; Toowoomba in October; Maryland near Stanthorpe in
December; four specimens (W. B. Barnard). Type in Queensland
Museum.

29. Celama lechriotropa n.sp.

XexpLorpoTTos, obliquely fashioned.

$ , 15-16 mm. Head white. Palpi 2 ; grey, upper edge whitish.
Antennae whitish. Thorax white or grey. Abdomen pale grey. Legs
whitish; anterior pair fuscous with whitish rings. Forewings narrowly

26 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

triangular, costa gently arched, apex pointed, termen slightly rounded,
strongly oblique ; white or grey- whitish with fuscous markings ; first tuft
small, fuscous, second larger, fuscous, third small, whitish, median; a
short oblique mark from base of costa ; a costal dot at one-fifth ; another
at two-fifths connected with second tuft, from which a fine line runs to
one-third dorsum, together forming a strongly oblique antemedian line ;
postmedian strongly oblique, from three-fourths costa to two-thirds
dorsum, thickened or suffused, dentate, with an acute tooth just above
middle, indented above dorsum; subterminal suffused, interrupted, with
subcostal, median, and subdorsal posterior prominences; a series of
minute terminal dots ; cilia grey-whitish sprinkled with fuscous. Hind-
wings and cilia grey. Distinguished by its small size and narrow
fore wings, with two strongly oblique parallel lines.

West Australia: Denmark in March and April; two specimens
(W. B. Barnard). Type in Queensland Museum.

30. Celama pycnopasta n.sp.
ttvkvottcujtos, densely sprinkled.

$ $ , 18-20 mm. Head fuscous or grey. Palpi in male 2, in female
2 and a half; fuscous or grey. Antennae grey; in male with fascicles
of cilia (2). Thorax fuscous. Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous with
whitish rings. Forewings narrowly triangular, costa moderately arched,
apex pointed, termen nearly straight, oblique ; whitish densely sprinkled
with fuscous, appearing grey ; tufts mostly fuscous ; markings fuscous ; a
dot on one-fourth costa connected with second tuft, from which a nearly
straight line, suffused posteriorly, proceeds to one-fourth dorsum; post-
median commencing with a short strigula from costa on posterior edge
of third tuft, subcostal for a short distance, then bent to become trans-
verse and minutely dentate to below middle, thence inwardly curved to
end on one-third dorsum ; subterminal rather thickly suffused, sometimes
interrupted, roughly parallel to postmedian line ; a series of pale fuscous
terminal dots ; cilia whitish with some fuscous scales. Hindwings white
with slight grey terminal suffusion; cilia white.

West Australia : Denmark in March ; Perth in September and
November; Yanchep in September; seventeen specimens.

31. Celama elaphropasta n.sp.
iXacfrpoTracrTos, lightly sprinkled.

$ $ , 14-19 mm. Head white. Palpi 2 and a half ; pale fuscous.
Antennae grey, towards base white; in male with fascicles of cilia (2).
Thorax and abdomen pale grey. Legs whitish with some fuscous
sprinkling; tarsi fuscous with whitish rings. Forewings narrowly tri-
angular, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen slightly
rounded, slightly oblique; white lightly sprinkled with fuscous and
grey ; tufts grey mixed with fuscous ; a spot or strigula on one-fourth or
one-third costa, connected with second tuft, from which a fine fuscous
line runs to one-third dorsum ; third tuft beyond middle connected with
costa by some fuscous suffusion; postmedian more or less distinctly
double, from costa beyond middle to two-thirds dorsum, transverse to
below middle, thence inwardly curved, with a posterior tooth above
dorsum; subterminal suffused, wavy, indented above middle; some
terminal dots; cilia whitish with some fuscous scales. Hindwings and
cilia pale grey.

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN NOLIDAE (LEPIDOPTERA) . 27

Near G. pycnopasta, but with white head and whitish forewings.

North Queensland : Cooktown in April ; Kuranda in June and
November; Mackay in June. Queensland: Nambour in March; twelve
specimens, of which only one is a male.

32. Celama cataphracta n.sp.

KaTCL(j>paKTos, fenced in.

$ $ , 13-16 mm. Head white partly greyish-tinged. Palpi 2 and
a half ; fuscous, upper edge whitish. Antennae grey, near base white ;
in male with branching fascicles of cilia (2). Thorax and abdomen
whitish-grey. Legs whitish; tarsi fuscous with whitish rings; anterior
pair fuscous. Forewings suboval, costa moderately arched, apex rounded,
termen obliquely rounded ; white mostly suffused with pale grey ; mark-
ings fuscous; tufts grey mixed with fuscous, second and third approxi-
mated, third opposite one-third costa ; from second tuft proceeds a short
line, strongly curved inwards, towards but not reaching one-third
dorsum ; a slender interrupted dark fuscous postmedian line from costa
beyond middle, subcostal to two-thirds, there bent to become slightly
outwardly oblique and slightly dentate, below middle curved inwards
and slightly dentate to two-thirds dorsum, preceded by a narrowly
suffused line posteriorly white-edged ; submarginal broadly suffused and
roughly parallel to subterminal ; cilia whitish, basal half with square pale
fuscous bars. Hindwings and cilia grey-whitish.

Differs from C. elaphropasta in its smaller size, rather longer palpi,
narrower forewings, with third tuft well before middle, peculiar
antemedian line, postmedian arising from before midcosta, and chequered
cilia.

Queensland : Brisbane in March ; Toowoomba in September,
October, February, April, and May ; eight specimens.

33. Celama leucolopha n.sp.

AevKo\o(f)os, white-tufted.

$ , 17-18 mm. Head and thorax white. Palpi 2 ; white, near base
fuscous. Antennae grey, towards base white ; in male with branched
fascicles of cilia (2). Abdomen grey; apices of segments and tuft white.
Legs fuscous with whitish rings; posterior pair mostly whitish. Fore-
wings triangular, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen slightly
rounded, strongly oblique ; white ; markings dark fuscous ; tufts white,
third tuft median ; a basal costal spot ; a spot on one-fourth costa, from
which a slender transverse line just anterior to second tuft, bent below
middle becoming inwardly oblique and wavy to one-fifth dorsum ; a mid-
costal dot touching third tuft; postmedian line from third tuft, at first
slender and subcostal, soon bent to become transverse and dentate, above
middle bent to become inwardly oblique, indented below middle and
above dorsum, where it ends at two-thirds, preceded by a broad belt of
fuscous suffusion, or this is wholly fuscous, and so fused with the line ;
subterminal broadly suffused, with small subcostal and larger median
rounded projections, sometimes reduced to a slender line; a terminal
series of dots; cilia fuscous-grey with white bars. Hindwings and cilia
grey -whitish.

28 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

Variable in development of markings. Distinguished by palpi being
white except at base, fore wings and tufts white, the form of the
antemedian and postmedian lines, and the bars on cilia.

Queensland: Crow’s Nest near Toowoomba, in October; Bunya Mts.
in November ; two specimens.

34. Celama chionocrana n.sp.

XLovoKpavos, with snow-white head.

2 , 20 mm. Head white. Palpi 2 ; fuscous, upper edge white.
Antennae grey, towards base white ; in male with fascicles of cilia ( 1 and
a half). Thorax grey, patagia white sprinkled with fuscous. Abdomen
whitish-grey ; tuft whitish. Legs fuscous with whitish rings; (posterior
pair absent). Forewings elongate-triangular, costa moderately arched,
apex pointed, termen nearly straight, oblique ; whitish with dark fuscous
markings; tufts fuscous, third tuft beyond middle; a large spot on base
of costa ; a strongly marked antemedian line from one-third costa, giving
off three short sharp posterior processes above middle, below middle more
slender and inwardly curved, with a posterior tooth above dorsum, on
which it ends at one-fourth ; a costal dot opposite third tuft postmedian
line from this dot, subcostal to three-fourths, thence transverse and
dentate, curved inwards from middle to three-fourths dorsum, near
dorsum preceded by a short parallel line ; subterminal line well defined,
with subcostal and median projections, ending on tornus; a terminal
series of dots; cilia pale grey irrorated with fuscous. Hindwings and
cilia grey- whitish. Best recognised by the white head, distinct ^markings,
and peculiar antemedian line.

Tasmania : Bothwell in February ; one specimen ( W. B. Barnard) .
Type in Queensland Museum.

35. Celama bathycyrta n.sp.
fiaOvKvpros, deeply curved.

$ , 15 mm. Head white. Palpi 2 and a half ; ochreous-whitish,
lower edge fuscous. Antennae grey, near base white. Thorax pale grey ;
tegulae white. Legs fuscous with whitish rings; posterior femora and
tibiae mostly ochreous-whitish. Forewings triangular, costa strongly
arched, apex rounded, termen rounded, slightly oblique; pale grey to
postmedian line; terminal area mostly whitish; tufts pale grey, incon-
spicuous, third tuft beyond middle ; a fuscous dot on one-fourth costa ;
antemedian line fuscous, very slender, from costa' opposite second tuft,
curved inwards anteriorly to that tuft, then outwardly oblique, angled
below middle and inwardly oblique to one-third dorsum, indented above
margin; a dark fuscous median costal spot touching third tuft; post-
median from above third tuft, upper half deeply curved outwards, con-
sisting of dark fuscous dots, becoming continuous towards two-thirds
dorsum ; subterminal faintly indicated by pale grey suffusion ; cilia pale
grey. Hindwings whitish cilia pale grey.

Characterised by its ochreous-whitish palpi, broad forewings, and
deeply curved postmedian line.

North Queensland: Cape York in November, one specimen
(W. B. Barnard). Type in Queensland Museum.

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN NOLID AE (LEPIDOPTERA) . 29

36. Celama eucolpa n.sp.

€vko\ttos, well curved.

$ , 20 mm. Head white. Palpi 4 ; fuscous, upper half of second
joint white. Antennae grey, towards base white ; in male with fascicles
of branching cilia. Thorax white, posteriorly tinged with grey. Abdo-
men grey, towards apex whitish. Legs whitish; anterior pair fuscous
with whitish rings. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa rather strongly
arched, apex pointed, termen slightly rounded, strongly oblique ; white
with slight fuscous sprinkling ; markings dark fuscous ; tufts small, grey
with some fuscous scales, third tuft median; a broad mark on base of
costa; a costal dot at one-fourth opposite second tuft; a slender line
from second tuft towards one-third dorsum, sharply angled inwards;
postmedian line commencing on midcosta as a strong subcostal line to
three-fourths, from whence it becomes a well-curved series of dots on
veins, below middle inwardly dblique, indented above dorsum, on which
it ends at two-thirds; no subterminal line, but a series of short streaks
on veins in terminal area; some suffused terminal dots; cilia grey with
narrow white bars. Hindwings and cilia whitish. Resembles
C. lathycyrta in its deeply curved postmedian line, but easily
distinguished by its different palpi.

Queensland: Bunya Mts. in November, one specimen (W. B.
Barnard). Type in Queensland Museum.

37. Celama fasciata.

Minnagara fasciata Wlk. xxxv, p.1903.

Nola nigrifascia Hmps., 111. Het. viii, p.5, pl.139, f .15 ; Moths Ind. ii,
p.141.

Sorocostia plaltygona Low., Proc? Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1897, p.ll.

$ $ , 22-26 mm. Head white. Palpi 2 ; white with a few fuscous
scales. Antennae grey, towards base white ; in male with slender pectina-
tions carrying fascicles of cilia (2 and a half) . Thorax white, sprinkled,
sometimes densely, with fuscous or brown. Abdomen grey-whitish or
whitish ; dorsal crests on first and second segments brownish ; tuft in
male whitish-ochreous. Legs whitish with some fuscous scales ; anterior
tibiae and all tarsi pale fuscous with whitish rings. Forewings tri-
angular, costa gently arched, more strongly towards apex, apex rounded,
termen slightly rounded, slightly oblique ; white with brownish and
fuscous markings; tufts brownish or grey, third tuft beyond middle;
basal area more or less suffused with brownish ; a series of fuscous costal
dots ; antemedian line slender, fuscous, from one-fourth costa, outwardly
curved anterior to second tuft, ending on one-third dorsum; some grey
suffusion between third tuft and costs; a narrow fuscous fascia from
midcosta, edged posteriorly with blackish, outwardly curved, inwardly
oblique from above middle to two-thirds dorsum, sometimes partly white
towards dorsum ; subterminal grey-brownish, suffused, irregularly
dentate ; a grey-brownish submarginal line ; cilia white sprinkled with
fuscous. Hindwings and cilia whitish. Very distinct. It agrees with
the two following species in the postmedian line being free from
dentations.

North Queensland: Cape York; Cairns; Atherton; Townsville;
Mackay. Queensland : Tweed Heads. Also from Sula, Borneo, Ceylon,
and India.

30 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

38. Celama lissosticha n.sp.

Xlggootlxos, smooth-lined.

9, 19-20 mm. Head white. Palpi 2 and a half ; fuscous, upper edge
white. Antennae grey ; basal joint white. Thorax grey, sometimes mixed
with white anteriorly. Abdomen grey; basal tuft fuscous. Legs grey;
anterior pair fuscous ; all tarsi with whitish rings. Forewings triangular,
costa strongly arched, apex rounded, termen slightly rounded, slightly
oblique ; white partly suffused with grey ; markings fuscous ; tufts large,
grey, third tuft beyond middle ; a short strigula from costa just anterior
to first tuft; antemedian line at one-third, more or less completely
double, partly interrupted by second tuft, straight or slightly outwardly
curved; a spot on costa opposite third tuft; postmedian line slender,
commencing beneath costa slightly before third tuft, running obliquely
between tuft and costal spot, at two-thirds curved downwards to become
transverse, below middle curved inwards to two-thirds dorsum, smooth
throughout, preceded by a faint subparallel line indented in middle and
above dorsum ; subterminal slender, interrupted, irregularly dentate ;
cilia grey faintly barred with whitish. Hindwings and cilia grey- whitish.

North Queensland : Kuranda in May. Queensland : Tweed Heads
in January. Three specimens.

39. Celama delograpta n.sp.

SrjAoypaiTTos, clearly marked.

$ , 20 mm. Head white. Palpi 2 ; fuscous, upper edge whitish.
Antennae grey, near base white. Thorax grey-whitish with a transverse
median fuscous bar. Abdome'n fuscous; apices of segments whitish.
Legs dark fuscous with whitish tarsal rings; posterior pair mostly
whitish. Forewings triangular, costa* strongly arched, apex rounded,
termen rounded, moderately oblique ; white partly suffused with grey ;
costal edge near base blackish; a very fine bisinuate blackish line from
costa near base to base of dorsum ; tufts grey-whitish, third tuft median,
somewhat approximated to second; a thick blackish line, outwardly
oblique from one-third costa to fold, there acutely angled to one-third
dorsum, and produced slightly towTards base; postmedian line blackish,
from a dot on midcosta, subcostal to two-thirds, there acutely angled to
become transverse, below middle inwardly curved to two-thirds dorsum,
not dentate ; subterminal line pale fuscous with rounded projections above
and below middle, somewhat suffused and interrupted ; a terminal series
of short blackish streaks ; cilia grey, bases obscurely barred with whitish.
Hindwings and cilia, grey-whitish. Easily recognised by its blackish
lines.

Queensland : Toowoomba in March ; one specimen (W. B. Barnard) .
Type in Queensland Museum.

40. Celama elaphra n.sp.

iAacfypos, light.

9 , 12 mm. Head white. Palpi 2 and a half ; grey, upper edge white.
Thorax and abdomen pale grey. Legs whitish ; anterior pair and all tarsi
fuscous with whitish rings. Forewings narrow, suboval, costa gently
arched, apex rounded, termen rounded, strongly oblique ; white ; markings
fuscous ; tufts fuscous, third tuft median ; a. short streak on costa from
base ; costal dots at one-fourth and before middle ; antemedian line
obsolete ; postmedian line indicated by some fuscous suffusion , a subapical

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN NOLID AE (LEPIDOPTERA) . 31

spot; smaller submarginal spots below middle and above tomus; cilia
whitish. Hindwings a;nd cilia pale grey. May be known by its small
size and spotted forewings.

North Queensland: Kuranda; one specimen received from Mr.
F. P. Dodd.

41. Celama goniotypa n.sp.
yojyiorvTTos, with angled markings.

$ $ , 14-16 mm. Head white. Palpi 3 ; pale fuscous, upper edge
grey- whitish. Antennae grey; in male with fascicles of cilia (1 and a
half to 2). Thorax and abdomen pale grey. Legs grey; posterior pair
whitish; tarsi fuscous with whitish rings. Forewings narrow, almost
lanceolate, costa gently arched, apex pointed, termen almost straight,
strongly oblique; grey with patchy white suffusion and dark fuscous
markings ; tufts fuscous, third tuft at or beyond middle, small ; more or
less white suffusion beneath costa before middle and before apex; ante-
median line very slender, from costa opposite first tuft, very oblique to
second tuft, there acutely angled inwards to one-fourth dorsum, some-
times with fine acute dentations; postmedian line from beneath three-
fourths costa, with two long acute teeth above middle, thence strongly
oblique to three-fourths dorsum, indented above margin ; a very oblique
streak from costa about middle to third tuft, continued by a white line
to postmedian ; interrupted blackish longitudinal lines in terminal area ;
in one example an interrupted blackish line on fold ; cilia fuscous-grey
with pale basal and median lines. Hindwings and cilia whitish-grey.
Very distinct and easily recognised when in good condition.

Queensland: Stanthorpe in December, January, February, and
May; seven specimens (W. B. Barnard). Type in Queensland Museum.

42. Celama cymatias n.sp.

Kv/JLanas, billowy.

$ , 13 mm. Head and thorax pale grey. Palpi 2 ; grey. Antennae
grey. Abdomen dark grey. Legs grey; posterior pair whitish-grey.
Forewings triangular, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, termen almost
straight, oblique ; grey sprinkled with fuscous ; markings fuscous, broadly
suffused; tufts fuscous, third tuft median; two basal dots; antemedian
line from one-fourth costa, broadly suffused to below middle, thence
slender and inwardly oblique to one-fifth dorsum ; a spot on midcosta
touching third tuft; postmedian line from beneath two-thirds costa,
sharply defined posteriorly, strongly waved to form three rounded
projections, above middle, below middle, and on dorsum, anteriorly
broadly but irregularly suffused; subterminal paler, broadly suffused,
with strong subcostal, median, and tornal projections; a terminal series
of dots; cilia grey sprinkled with fuscous. Hindwings and cilia grey.
Recognisable by its small size, sombre colouring, and broadly suffused
billowy postmedian line*

North Queensland: Cape York in October, one specimen (W. B.
Barnard). Type in Queensland Museum.

43. Celama phaeogramma n.sp.

< f>cuoypaiJL[jLos , darkly inscribed.

$ , 16-18 mm. Head pale grey. Palpi 3 and a half ; grey, lower
edge fuscous. Antennae grey, paler towards base ; in male with fascicles
of branching cilia (2). Thorax fuscous, tegulae grey. Abdomen grey.

32 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

Legs grey with whitish rings. Forewings narrowly triangular, costa
moderately arched, apex pointed, termen slightly rounded, oblique ; grey
with dark fuscous markings; a short longitudinal streak from base of
costa, sometimes widened to reach costal edge ; tufts small, dark fuscous,
approximated, third tuft before middle ; a thick line from base of dorsum
to middle, where it joins the subterminal line ; second tuft with more or
less distinct diverging lines to one-fourth and midcosta ; postmedian line
from two-thirds costa, more or less dentate, strongly oblique to its junc-
tion with the line from base, thence oblique tio three-fifths dorsum; fine
streaks along veins 2, 3, 4 and 5; subterminal obsolete; cilia grey with
slightly darker antemedian bars. Hindwings and cilia pale grey.
Distinguished by its long palpi, narrow dark forewings, peculiarly formed
postmedian line, and streaks on veins.

Queensland ; Toowoomba in April ; Stanthorpe in March ; Milmerran
in August; three specimens. Type in Queensland Museum.

44. Cel am a eurrhyncha n.sp.
evppvyxos, well-beaked.

8 , 20 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey. Palpi 4 ; grey.
Antennae grey; in male with fascicles of cilia (1 and a half). Legs
whitish-grey. Forewings narrow, costa strongly arched near base, thence
nearly straight to near apex, termen slightly rounded, strongly oblique ;
whitish sparsely sprinkled with fuscous ; markings fuscous ; tufts fuscous,
second and third somewhat approximated, third median, a fourth tuft
in middle at three-fifths ; a dot on one-fourth costa, from which proceeds
a slender dentate line, anterior to second tuft, at first almost transverse,
below middle oblique to one-third dorsum, indented above margin ; a costal
dot opposite^ second tuft, and another median, touching third tuft ; post-
median line very slender, from above third tuft, subcostal to three-
fourths, there indented, above middle sharply angled, inwardly oblique,
and slightly dentate to two-thirds dorsum; subterminal well defined
posteriorly, slightly suffused anteriorly, with subcostal and median
teeth ; some terminal dots ; cilia whitish sprinkled with fuscous. Hind-
wings and cilia whitish. Characterised by its long wholly grey palpi,
grey head, thorax, and abdomen, and fourth tuft.

Victoria*. Kiata near Dimboola; one specimen received from Mr.
C. Borch.

45. Celama biguttalis.

Tribunta biguttalis Wlk. xxxiv, p.1507.

Sorocostia trigonota Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S/W. 1886, p.719.
Celama biguttalis Hmps, ii, p.31, pi. 18, f.31.

8 $ , 16-25 mm. Head and thorax grey or whitish. Palpi 6 to 7 ;
grey. Antennae grey; in male with fascicles of cilia (1 and a half).
Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs whitish; anterior pair fuscous with
whitish rings. Forewings narrow, elongate-triangular, costa gently
arched, apex obtusely pointed, termen slightly rounded, strongly
oblique; whitish, sometimes partly suffused with grey; markings
fuscous ; first and second tufts fuscous,, second large, third small, usually
grey, at or before middle, approximated to second, sometimes a small
grey fourth tuft near angle of cell; a short broad longitudinal streak
from base of costa, joined by an oblique strigule from costa near base;
no antemedian line ; sometimes a slender streak on fold ; a suffused
patch on costa before middle, including third tuft; postmedian very

A REVISION OP THE AUSTRALIAN NOLID AE (LEPIDOPTERA) . 33

slender, often partly obsolete, from third tuft, subcostal to three-fourths,
there twice sharply toothed, strongly oblique from above middle to
three-fifths dorsum, slightly dentate or reduced to dots; submarginal
suffused or indistinct, sometimes traversed by dark streaks on veins;
cilia grey. Hindwings and cilia whitish, very distinct.

Queensland: Tweed Heads. New South Wales: Murrurundi.
Victoria: Melbourne; Beaeonsfield ; Moe; Yalloum. Tasmania:

Launceston ; Zeehan ; Strahan.

46. Celama ceramota n.sp.

KepafjLojTos, like earthenware.

$ $ , 25-26 mm. Head white or whitish-grey. Palpi 5 ; fuscous,
lower edge towards base grey- whitish. Antennae pale grey; in male
with fascicles of branching cilia (2 and a half). Thorax grey; patagia
whitish; tegulae brown. Abdomen ochreous- whitish ; basal tufts

fuscous. Legs fuscous with whitish rings, posterior pair except tarsi
ochreous-whitish.. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa gently arched,
apex pointed, termen nearly straight, oblique; pale brown with patchy
whitish suffusion and dark fuscous markings; tufts dark fuscous, first
tuft moderate, second large, third very small, nearly approximated to
second, median; a subcostal whitish suffusion from base to one-third;
no antemedian line ; a broad triangular whitish suffusion from middle
of disc to apex ; postmedian very slender and much interrupted,
subcostal from third tuft to two-thirds, there toothed and indented,
then curved inwards and slightly sinuate to two-thirds dorsum; a small
fuscous suffusion on costa at three-fourths; a whitish bar just before
lower two-fifths of termen, sharply defined anteriorly; cilia grey.
Hindwings and cilia whitish-grey. Very distinct.

New South Wales: Ebor in February; two specimens.

3. Gen. Sorocostia Rosen.

Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5), xvi, p.435.

Palpi long or very long. Abdomen without crests. Neuration as
in Celama. Type, S. albalis Wlk.

The absence of abdominal crests seems to be a sufficient distinction
from Celama. The species appear to form a natural group distinguish-
able by the oblique white markings on the forewings. The only extra-
Australian species, which shows some resemblance in this respect,
judging by Hampson’s figures, is Celama tineoides Wlk. from South
Africa.

47. Sorocostia paromoea.

Sorocostia paromoea Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1896, p.721.
Celama paromoea Hmps. ii, p.30, pl.18. f.20.

$ $ , 14-20 mm. Head and thorax white. Palpi in male 4 to 5,
in female 6 to 7 ; white, lower half of external surface fuscous.
Antennae grey, towards base white; in male with fascicles of cilia (2).
Abdomen and legs whitish. Forewings triangular, costa slightly
arched, apex pointed, termen nearly straight, oblique ; white ; markings
grey mixed with fuscous ; tufts fuscous, third tuft beyond middle, some-
times grey, approximated to second; antemedian line usually obsolete,
from one-fourth costa to one-third dorsum anterior to second tuft,

34 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

interrupted ; more or less costal suffusion extending to second and third
tufts; a straight oblique postmedian fascia from three-fourths costa to
two-thirds dorsum, sharply defined posteriorly ; a terminal fascia
narrowing to apex and tornus ; cilia white sprinkled with grey.
Hind wings and cilia whitish.

North Queensland: Cairns. Queensland: Duaringa; Brisbane;
Warwick; Stanthorpe; Miles ; Cunnamulla. New South Wales:
Murrurundi. West Australia : Denmark.

48. SOROCOSTIA THOLERA.

Celama tholera Turn., Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. 1925, p.113.

$ 2 , 15-20 mm. Palpi 7 to 8. Male antennae with fascicles of
cilia (2). Fore wing tufts small, grey, second and third approximated,
third tuff beyond middle, a small fourth tuft in disc beneath cell at
one-fourth.

Queensland : Bunya Mts. Tasmania : Burnie ; Wilmot,

49. SOROCOSTIA HESYCHA.

Sorocostia hesycha Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soo. N.S.W. 1888, p.922.

Celama hesycha Hmps. ii, p.30, pl.18, f.29.

Unknown to me. Palpi 3.

West Australia: G-eraldton; Carnarvon.

50. Sorocostia irenica.

Sorocostia irenica Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1886, p.720.

Celama irenica Hmps. ii, p.29, pl.18, f.28.

Unknown to me. Palpi 4 and a half to 5.

New South Wales: Mt. Kosciusko.

51. Sorocostia leuconephes n.sp.

AevKovefirjs, clouded with white.

$ 2 , 20-24 mm. Head and thorax white. Palpi 6 to 8; pale
fuscous or grey, upper edge whitish. Antennae grey, towards base
white; in male with tufts of cilia (1 and a half). Abdomen whitish-
grey. Legs grey. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa slightly arched,
apex pointed,, termen slightly rounded, strongly oblique ; grey with some
white basal suffusion; tufts dark fuscous anteriorly, white posteriorly,
second and third tufts somewhat approximated ; a basal suffusion some-
times divided into costal and median streaks extending as far as second
tuft; a. white line from second tuft to beneath third tuft, thence
expanding to one-third costa, sometimes including a grey costal dot ; an
oblique white line from dorsum beyond middle to apex, almost straight
to near costa, there deflected and expanded to apex, often enclosing one
or sometimes two grey costal dots,t anterior edge of this line sharply
defined, posterior edge broadly suffused; only a straight dorsal portion
of a white subterminal line sometimesi present, but often absorbed in
suffusion of previous, line ; cilia white with a broad grey sub-basal line
often divided into bars, and a terminal line, which is sometimes double.
ILindwings and cilia pale grey.

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN NOLID AE (LEPIDOPTERA) .

Differs from C. albalis in the longer palpi, and paler forewings
with broadly suffused markings, partial or complete absence of
subterminal line, and markings of cilia.

New South Wales: Mt. Kosciusko (6,000 ft.) in January (type).
Tasmania: Cradle Mt. (2,000 ft.) and Derwent Bridge in January and
February. Ten specimens. In my revision of the Tasmanian Lepidop-
tera (1925) I confused this species with S. paromoea Meyr.

52. SOROCOSTIA ALBALIS.

Hypena alb alls Wlk. xxxiv, p.1143.

Eromene vetustella Wlk. xxxv, p.1763.

Nola strictalis Zel., Verh. z-b. Ges. Wien, 1872, p.459.

Sorocostia vetustella Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1886, p.721.
Celama albalis Hmps. ii, p.30.

$ 2 , 16-20 mm. Head and thorax white. Palpi 3 and a half to 4 ;
grey. Antennae grey; in male with fascicles of cilia (1 and a half).
Abdomen pale grey. Legs whitish; anterior pair grey. Forewings
elongate-triangular, costa gently arched, apex pointed, termen nearly
straight, oblique; white; markings dark ochreous-grey; tufts fuscous,
third tuft beyond middle; costa beyond middle suffused with dark
ochreous-grey; sometimes a slender oblique line from one-fourth costa
to second tuft, from which a slender dentate, often interrupted line runs
to one-third dorsum ; a broadly suffused fascia from three-fourths costa
to mid-dorsum, its posterior edge fuscous and sharply defined, with a
tooth on fold; following this a narrow white fascia expanded at apex;
submarginal and terminal lines suffused and partly confluent ; cilia grey.
Hindwings and cilia grey-whitish.

New South Wales: Ebor; Katoomba; Mt. Kosciusko. Victoria:
IJeaconsfield. Tasmania: Hobart. South Australia: Mt. Lofty.

4. Gen. Idiocyttara nov.
iSioKVTTapos, with peculiar cell.

Differs from Nola in the neuration of the fore wings. The cell is
short (two-fifths), the discocellulars incurved, and their lower angle
produced in a long narrow process; vein 3 arises from near its apex,
and 4 and 5 short-stalked or connate from its apex. Type I. tornotis
Meyr. Hampson records two other species, one from Solomon Is., one
from India; in both cases from a solitary male type.

53. Idiocyttara tornotis.

Sorocostia tornotis Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1887, p.923.

Nola tornotis Hmps. ii, p.40, pl.40, f.9.

S 2 , 13-16 mm. Head white. Palpi 2 ; brownish, upper edge
white. Antennae grey, near base white; in male with branching
fascicles of cilia (3). Thorax whitish-grey. Abdomen whitish- grey ;
apices of segments and tuft whitish. Legs fuscous with whitish rings ;
posterior pair mostly whitish. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa
gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen slightly rounded, slightly
oblique ; in male with a suboblong fovea occupying posterior half of" cell ;
white more or less densely suffused with grey; tufts large, brownish-
grey with a few fuscous scales, second and third closely approximated,

36 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

third tuft at two-fifths ; a brownish-grey dot on one-fifth costa, connected
by a strigule with second tuft, thence continued as an irregular slender
line to one-fourth dorsum, but sometimes the dot is not developed;
usually a brownish-grey costal dot continuous with third tuft; post-
median line commencing from this dot, slender blackish, sometimes
interrupted or reduced to dots, subcostal to two-thirds, thence nearly
transverse and slightly dentate, bent inwards in mid-disc, and curved
to two-thirds dorsum, narrowly edged posteriorly with white ; sub-
terminal broadly suffused, with subcostal and median posterior
prominences; a narrow terminal suffusion with a series of darker dots;
cilia whitish with grey median bars. Hindwings and cilia whitish.

Queensland : Duaringa ; Brisbane ; McPherson Range ; Bunya Mts.
New South Wales: Lismore.

5. Gen. Nola Leach.

Edin. Encycl. ix, p.135; Hmps. ii, p.31.

Palpi porrect, moderate or long. Abdomen with a small dorsal
crest on first and often also on second segment. Legs smooth-scaled.
Forewings with 2 from two-thirds, 3 from angle, 4 separate, 5
approximated, 6 from beneath upper angle, 7, 8„ 10 stalked, 9 absent
(coincident with 8), 11 free. Hindwings with 2 from well before angle,
3 and 4 coincident from angle, 5 separate, 12 anastomosing with cell to
middle or beyond. Type N. cucullateila Linn. A genus of moderate
size, but destined to be largely increased; almost confined to Australia
and the warmer regions of Asia, Africa and America.

54. Nola plagioschema.

Nola plagioschema Turn., Proc, Roy. Soc. Tas. 1938, p.72.

Tasmania: Waratah; Russell Flats.

55. Nola niphostena.

Sorocostia niphostena Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. 1896, p.153.

Nola niphostena Hmps. ii, p.42, pl.19, f.19.

Unknown to me.

South Australia-. Pt. Victor.

56. Nola epicentra.

Sorocostia epicentra Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1886, p.724.

Nola epicentra Hmps. ii, p.43, pl.19, f.ll.

Unknown to me.

57. Nola melanogramma.

Nola melanogramma Hmps. ii, p.43, pl.19, f.12.

$ , 20 mm. Head white. Palpi 2 ; grey, upper edge whitish.
Antennae pale grey, near base white. Thorax white sprinkled with
fuscous., with a median fuscous spot. Abdomen whitish-grey; crests
fuscous. Legs fuscous with whitish tarsal rings; posterior pair mostly
whitish. Forewings narrow, triangular, costa slightly arched, apex
pointed, termen slightly rounded, strongly oblique; white with sharply
defined blackish markings; tufts small, blackish, third tuft median; an
oblong spot on base of costa extending to first tuft; antemedian line

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN NOLID AE (LEPIDOPTERA) . 37

from one-third costa, incorporating second tuft, thick to middle of disc,
thence attenuated, oblique to one-third dorsum, with a posterior tooth
above margin ; a dot on midcosta continuous with third tuft ; postmedian
line arising from third tuft, very slender and subcostal for a short
distance, then sharply angled, dentate, thickened and obscurely double,
inwardly curved to two-thirds dorsum, indented above margin ;
subterminal widely interrupted ; a terminal series of dots ; cilia whitish
sprinkled with fuscous.

Tasmania*. Bothwell in February, one specimen (W. B. Barnard).
The British Museum type is said to be from New South Wales.

58. Nola ochrosticha n.sp.

(Lxpocrnxos, with pale lines.

$ $ , 18-20 mm. Head and thorax fuscous-grey. Palpi 1 and a
fourth fuscous. Antennae grey in male with fascicles of cilia (1 and a
fourth). Abdomen grey or whitish-grey with a dark fuscous suffusion
on middle of dorsum; basal crest fuscous-grey. Forewings elongate-
triangular, costa straight to middle, thence arched, apex rounded,
termen slightly rounded, oblique; grey with dark fuscous and grey-
whitish markings ; first tuft small, grey, second and third larger, fuscous,
third tuft beyotnd middle ; a spot on one-fourth costa, obliquely
connected with second tuft, from which an oblique line, edged anteriorly
with whitish, runs to one-fourth dorsum; a costal spot continuous with
third tuft, and sometimes connected by a streak with first tuft; post-
median line from third tuft, subcostal to three-fourths, thence dentate
and nearly transverse, sometimes reduced to dots, below middle incurved
to three-fourths dorsum, edged throughout posteriorly with whitish;
subterminal line suffused, with subcostal and median prominences, edged
posteriorly with whitish; a whitish submarginal line, interrupted by
fuscous dots, and connected by short streaks with termen ; cilia fuscous-
grey. Hind, wings and cilia grey.

An obscure species. The grey-whitish lines are very slender, and
although characteristic, are hardly noticeable in worn examples. The
short palpi are an aid to recognition.

Queensland: Toowoomba in August and October; three specimens
(W. B. Barnard). Type in Queensland Museum.

59. Nola scabralis.

Tribunta scabralis Wlk. xxxiv, p.1509.

Nola scabralis Hmps. ii, p.44, pi. 19, f.13.

Hampson makes N. parallacta Meyr. and N. ceraunias Turn, to be
synonyms. The first is a very different species. Its long palpi are a
sufficient distinction. With regard to the latter I am doubtful. It does
not agree very well with Hampson ’s description, but the differences
may be varietal. Hampson ’s figure is very poor and not helpful.

New South Wales: Sydney.

60. Nola ceraunias.

Sorocostia ceraunias Turn. (Misprinted cerraunias), Trans. Roy. Soc.

S.A. 1899, p.15.

New South Wales: Sydney.

38 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

61. Nola belotypa.

Nola belotypa Hmps., Suppl. i, p.421, pl.24, f.15 ; Turn., Proc. Roy. Soc.
Q. 1915, p.14.

New South Wales: Ebor; Katoomba. A mountain species. The
type from the Blue Mountains has unfortunately been spoilt by mould,
but I have three good specimens from the other locality.

62. Nola pothina n.sp.

ttoOclvos , desired.

S $ , 12-22 mm. Head grey, usually mixed with white. Palpi 2 ;
fuscous. Antennae grey; in male with fascicles of cilia (1 and a half).
Thorax grey, sometimes with a slender fuscous transverse median bar.
Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous with whitish tarsal rings; posterior tibiae
grey. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa gently arched, apex
rounded, termen slightly rounded, oblique ; whitish more or less suffused
with grey ; markings dark fuscous ; tufts large, fuscous or sometimes
partly grey, third tuft median ; a costal dot near base ; a dot on one-third
costa, giving rise to a slender transverse line anterior to second tuft,
angled below middle, and, oblique to one-fourth dorsum; a costal dot
touching third tuft; postmedian line from near third tuft, at first
slender and subcostal to three-fourths, thence transverse, acutely dentate,
broadly suffused anteriorly, from middle of disc inwardly oblique and
strongly incurved to two-thirds dorsum, broadly suffused, with submedian
and dorsal projections ; subterminal roughly parallel, more or less suffused
and interrupted; a terminal series of dots; cilia grey, sometimes with
slender whitish bars. Hindwings and cilia grey.

Variable in size, and in some details of marking, but recognisable
without much difficulty. The broadly suffused and peculiarly shaped
postmedian line is characteristic.

Queensland : Brisbane and Tweed Heads in August ; Toowoomba
in September and October ; Carnarvon Range in December ; Stanthorpe
in October, November, February, and May. New South Wales :
Tenterfield in February; G-len Innes in October; Ebor in December;
Murrurundi. Victoria: Mt. Buffalo in February.

63. Nola platyzona n.sp.
ttXol tv^ojvos, broadly girdled.

$ , 21 mm. Head white. Palpi 2 ; fuscous. Antennae grey.
Thorax fuscous. Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous with whitish tarsal
rings ; posterior tibiae whitish sprinkled with fuscous. Fore wings
triangular, costa strongly arched, apex rounded, termen slightly rounded,
scarcely oblique; whitish densely but unevenly suffused with fuscous;
markings dark fuscous, ; tufts large, grey mixed with fuscous, second and
third approximated, third tuft median; a basal costal spot at one-
fourth, from which proceeds a strong waved line, anterior to second
tuft, to one-third dorsum, its anterior edge finely edged with white in
dorsal half ; a median costal spot continuous with third tuft, immediately
beneath which a broad fascia edged posteriorly with white, and extend-
ing anteriorly to antemedian line, runs to dorsum ; postmedian line from
midcosta, at first slender and subcostal, soon transverse and shortly
dentate, below middle bent inwards to join central fascia; subterminal
roughly parallel, suffused, with subcostal and submedian posterior
projections, towards dorsum edged posteriorly with whitish ; a terminal

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN NOLID AE (LEPIDOPTERA) .

suffusion; termen edged by a slender white line interrupted by fuscous
dots ; cilia fuscous with narrow white bars. Hindwings and cilia grey.
Allied to N. pothima, but very different in wing-shape and markings.

Queensland : Maryland near Stanthorpe in March ( W. B.
Barnard), one specimen. Type in Queensland Museum.

64. Nola vepallida n.sp.

vepallidus, very pale.

$ , 15-20 mm. Head white. Palpi 4 ; pale brownish, upper edge
white. Antennae ochreous-whitish. Thorax whitish-grey. Abdomen
ochreous-whitish. Leg^ whitish-ochreous. Forewings triangular, costa
slightly arched, apex rounded, termen straight, slightly oblique; grey-
whitish very lightly sprinkled with fuscous; tufts grey with a few
fuscous scales, second and third approximated, third beyond middle;
antemedian line obsolete or scarcely perceptible, outwardly curved
anterior to second tuft; an oblique grey postmedian line from beneath
four-fifths costa to three-fifths dorsum, edged posteriorly by a series of
minute fuscous dots on veins; cilia grey- whitish lightly sprinkled with
fuscous. Hindwings and cilia, whitish. Very distinct.

Queensland : Brisbane in November ; Tweed Heads in August ; two
specimens.

65. Nola monozona.

Sorocostia monozona Low., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1897, p.ll.

Nola monozona Hmps. ii, p.45, pl.19, f.ll.

Unknown to me.

South Australia: Mt. Lofty.

66. Nola paroxynta.

Sorocostia paroxynta Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1886, p.719.

Nola paroxynta Hmps. ii, p.47, pl.19, f.23.

Unknown to me.

New South Wales : Sydney. Victoria : Melbourne.

67. Nola anisogona.

Sorocostia anisogona Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. 1893, p.149.

Nola anisogona Hmps. ii, p.47, pl.19, f.14.

Unknown to me.

South Australia: Mt. Lofty.

68. Nola lechriopa.

Nola lechriopa Hmps., Suppl. i, p.418, pl.24, f.10; Turn., Proc. Roy.
Soc. Q. 1915, p.12.

$ $ , 14-16 mm. Head and thorax grey. Palpi 3 and a half to 4 ;
grey. Antennae grey; in male with! fascicles of cilia (1). Abdomen
grey. Legs fuscous with whitish tarsal rings. Forewings narrowly
triangular, costa gently arched, apex pointed, termen nearly straight,
oblique ; grey with fuscous irroration and markings ; tufts mostly grey,
third tuft median; second tuft connected with one-third costa, and by
a slender line with one-third dorsum; post-median from three-fifths

40 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ROYAL SOCIETY OP QUEENSLAND.

eosta, subcostal to three-fourths, there bent to become inwardly oblique
and shortly dentate, below middle curved strongly inwards, ending on
two-thirds dorsum ; subterminal broadly suffused and irregularly waved ;
a suffused terminal line ; cilia grey. Hindwings and cilia pale grey.

Recognisable by its comparatively long palpi, narrow forewings, and
uniform grey colour.

Queensland: Brisbane; Stradbroke I.; Tweed Heads; Toowoomba.
New South Wales: Brunswick Heads; Sydney.

69. Nola aenictis.

Sorocostia aenictis Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1888, p.923.

Nola aenictis Hmps. ii, p.45, pl.19, f.15.

Unlmown to me.

West Australia: Geraldton.

70. Nola porrigens.

Dimona porrigens Wlk. xv, p.1650.

Sorocostia arachneis Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1886, p.724.

Nola porrigens Hmps. ii, p.46.

New South Wales: Sydney; Jervis Bay. Victoria: Beaconsfield.

71. Nola parallacta.

Sorocostia parallacta Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1886, p.723.

$ 9 , 15-22 mm. Head and thorax whitish-grey. Palpi 5 to 6 ;
grey, upper edge whitish-grey. Antennae pale grey; in male with
fascicles of cilia (1 and a half). Abdomen pale grey. Legs fuscous
with whitish rings; posterior pair grey-whitish. Forewings elongate-
triangular, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen slightly
rounded, oblique ; whitish mostly suffused with pale grey ; tufts small,
fuscous, third tuft median ; antemedian line slender, fuscous, very
oblique from one-third costa towards second tuft, transverse and dentate
anterior to tuft, curved inwards from middle to one-third dorsum,
usually partly or wholly obsolete ; an oblique strigule from costa to third
tuft; postmedian line slender, fuscous, edged with whitish posteriorly,
from one-third costa, but origin usually obsolete, subcostal for a short
distance, then transverse, below middle oblique to two-thirds dorsum;
subterminal similar but more suffused, obsolete towards costa; some
obscure terminal dots; cilia grey. Hindwings and cilia grey- whitish.
Pallid and with inconspicuous markings, but not like any other.

New South Wales: Mt. Kosciusko. Victoria: Gisborne.

Tasmania: Weldborough; Cradle Mt. ; Waratah; Strahan.

72. Nola phloeophila.

Nola phloeophila Hmps., Suppl. i, p.419, pl.24, f.ll; Turn., Proc. Roy.
Soc. Q. 1915, p.14.

Nola macrorrhyncha Turn., Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas. 1925, p.113.

3 $ , 20-27 mm. Head and thorax grey- whitish. Palpi 4 to 6;
fuscous, upper edge whitish. Antennae grey, near base white; in male
with branching fascicles of cilia (3). Thorax whitish-grey. Abdomen
pale grey. Legs whitish; anterior pair fuscous with whitish tarsal

A REVISION OP THE AUSTRALIAN NOLID AE (LEPIDOPTERA) . 41

rings. Forewings rather narrowly elongate-triangular, costa, gently
arched, apex pointed, termen scarcely rounded, oblique ; whitish
unevenly sprinkled with fuscous; markings blackish; tufts blackish,
second and third approximated, third tuft before middle ; costal edge
near base dark fuscous; a short oblique bar from base of costa; an
oblique streak from costa at one-fourth to second tuft, from which
proceeds a fine dentate line, often interrupted or more or less obsolete,
to one-fourth dorsum ; often a fine streak joining second and third tufts ;
postmedian line commencing from a midcostal dot, slender, and outwardly
oblique to three-fourths, thence continued by a series of dots describing
a wide outward curve, below middle incurved to two-thirds dorsum;
subterminal roughly parallel, consisting of a series of longitudinal
streaks between veins; a terminal suffusion with some marginal dots or
short streaks; cilia grey with some whitish bars. Hindwings and cilia
whitish.

This wide-spread species varies more than usual in length of palpi,
but is fairly constant in markings and easily recognised.

Queensland: Brisbane; Toowoomba. New South Wales: Ebor;
Murrurundi; Mt. Wilson. Tasmania: Waratah; Weldborough; Mt.
Barrow; Hobart; Mt. Wellington. In Brisbane this is a winter species;
in Tasmania it occurs in midsummer.

73. Nola aulacota.

Sorocostia aulacota Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1886, p.722.

Nola aulacota Hmps. ii, p.46, pl.19, f.21.

$ 9 , 22-24 mm. Head whitish. Palpi 5 to 6 $ fuscous or grey,
upper edge whitish. Antennae pale grey, towards base whitish ; in male
with fascicles of cilia (2). Thorax grey; patagia and tegulae whitish.
Abdomen whitish. Legs whitish; anterior pair fuscous with whitish
rings. Forewings narrowly triangular, costa slightly arched, apex
pointed, termen nearly straight, strongly oblique ; whitish unevenly
sprinkled with fuscous; markings dark fuscous; tufts small, elongate,
dark fuscous on costal, white on dorsal edge, third tuft median; traces
of an antemedian line angled on second tuft; postmedian line from
midcosta, slender, subcostal to three-fourths, thence acutely dentate and
nearly straight to mid-dorsum, joined anteriorly by several longitudinal
lines; subterminal suffused, nearly straight, crossed by several longi-
tudinal lines, which may run to termen ; a terminal suffusion with some
darker dots ; cilia fuscous, sometimes with whitish bars towards base.
Hindwings and cilia white.

Victoria: Melbourne; Warragul. Tasmania: Launceston; Delo-
raine; Strahan; Mt. Wellington.

74. Nola cycota.

Sorocostia cycota Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W. 1886, p.723.

Nola cycota Hmps. ii, p.45, pl.19, f.20.

$ 9 , 18-23 mm. Head white or whitish-grey. Palpi 2 and a half ;
grey, upper edge white or whitish-grey. Antennae grey; in male with
fascicles of cilia (2). Thorax grey; patagia and tegulae whitish-grey.
Abdomen grey- whitish. Legs fuscous with whitish rings ; posterior pair
whitish. Forewings narrowly triangular ; costa moderately arched, apex
round-pointed, termen nearly straight, oblique; grey usually more or

42 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

less sprinkled with whitish; markings fuscous; tufts dark fuscous, first
and second large, second and third approximated, third tuft beyond
middle ; an oblique strigule on base of costa ; a dot on one-fourth costa,
sometimes connected with second tuft, from which a line runs to one-
third dorsum ; a dot on midcosta near third tuft ; postmedian line slender,
dark fuscous, arising from midcostal dot, hut origin often obsolete,
subcostal to three-fourths, where it is sharply toothed, thence nearly
transverse, from above middle oblique to two-thirds dorsum, with a small
tooth well above margin ; subterminal somewhat suffused, edged
posteriorly with whitish, with subcostal and submedian prominences ; a
terminal series of dots more or less marked ; cilia grey. Hindwings and
cilia grey-whitish.

New South Wales: Glen Innes; Ebor; Sydney; Katoomba.; Jervis
Bay. Victoria: Mt. Buffalo; Melbourne; Beaconsfield. Tasmania:
Zeehan ; Strahan ; Queenstown ; Derwent Bridge ; Coles Bay ; St. Marys.
South Australia: Mt. Lofty. West Australia: Albany; Denmark.

75. Nola zaplethes.

Nola zaplethes Hmps., Suppl. i, p.418, pl.24, f.9 ; Turn., Proc. Boy. Soe.

Q. 1915, p.13.

$ $ , 24-28 mm. Head fuscous-brown. Palpi 1 and a half ; fuscous-
brown. Antennae pale fuscous; in male with fascicles of cilia (1 and a
fourth). Thorax grey-whitish ; patagia fuscous-brown. Abdomen
whitish. Legs whitish sprinkled with grey; tarsi fuscous with whitish
rings. Forewings broad, triangular, costa strongly arched,, apex
rounded-rectangular, termen slightly rounded, scarcely oblique; white
partly suffused with pale grey ; first tuft whitish, second and third grey,
closely approximated, third tuft before middle, a fourth tuft beyond and
beneath third, whitish ; a broad fuscous-brown streak on costa from base
to one-fourth ; a fine oblique grey line from costa at one-third to second
tuft, from this inwardly oblique and waved to one-fourth dorsum ; four
blackish dots on middle third of costa, beneath them some grey suffusion ;
postmedian line grey, slender, arising from the last of these dots,
outwardly oblique, broadly curved in mid-disc, indented below middle,
thence oblique to two-thirds dorsum, a thick black line from three-
fourths costa, outwardly curved, ceasing below middle near termen; a
blackish costal dot closely follows this line ; some terminal grey suffusion ;
cilia grey with some white bars. Hindwings and cilia whitish. Very
distinct. This amended description is given from specimens in good
condition.

Queensland: Mt, Tamborine and Bunya Mts., in November.

76. Nola robusta n.sp.

robustus, strong.

S $ , 21-28 mm. Head white. Palpi 2 ; pale grey. Antennae grey,
basal joint white; in male with fascicles of cilia (1). Thorax grey with
a postmedian pair of fuscous dots. Abdomen grey- whitish ; dorsal crest
grey. Legs fuscous with whitish rings; posterior pair whitish with
fuscous tarsal rings. Forewings triangular, costa slightly arched, apex
rounded-rectangular, termen slightly rounded, scarcely oblique ; whitish
unevenly suffused with pale grey; markings dark fuscous; tufts large,
grey, second and third approximated, third tuft median ; a dark strigule
or dot on costa before first tuft ; antemedian line slender, oblique, from

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN NOLID AE (LEPIDOPTERA) . 43

one-fourth costa to second tuft, thence inwardly oblique and outwardly
angled to one-fourth dorsum; an oblique strigule from costa to second
tuft ; postmedian line double filled in with grey, from costa just beyond
third tuft, obliquely outwards to three-fourths, thence sinuate and
inwardly oblique to dorsum beyond middle ; subterminal represented by
a grey spot on costa, a blackish subapical dot, sometimes double, and a
short erect line from tomus; a terminal series of blackish dots; cilia
grey. Hindwings and cilia grey-whitish.

Characterised by its robust build, postmedian and subterminal
lines, and twin-spotted thorax.

Queensland: Noosa in October; McPherson Range (3,000 ft.) in
March; Tweed Heads in January; Toowoomba in February; fourteen
specimens.

77. Nola eurylopha n.sp.

€t>pvXo(/)09, with broad tufts.

9 , 26-30 mm). Head whitish-grey. Palpi 2 ; grey. Antennae grey.
Thorax grey ; patagia sometimes whitish-grey. Abdomen whitish ;
dorsal crests, which are larger than usual, grey. Legs' whitish sprinkled
with fuscous; anterior and middle tarsi fuscous with whitish rings.
Forewings elongate-triangular, costa slightly arched,, apex rounded-
rectangular, termen rounded, scarcely oblique; grey with fuscous and
brown markings; tufts large, grey, second and third closely approxi-
mated, third tuft beyond middle, a fourth tuft at two-thirds just below
middle of disc ; a costal dot before second tuft, giving rise to a short
slender streak towards middle of base ; a series of costal dots ; antemedian
line from one-fourth costa, slightly oblique and outwardly curved to
fold, where it divides into two branches, the first to one-fourth dorsum,
the second running along fold for a short distance, and then angled to
mid-dorsum ; a short streak from midcosta to third tuft ; postmedian line
very slender, from costa above third tuft, subcostal to two-thirds, thence
nearly transverse and irregularly waved to below middle, where it is
curved strongly inwards to below fourth tuft, ending on one-fourth
dorsum, sometimes connected by a line with posterior branch of ante-
median ; subterminal line brownish, broadly suffused, with strong
posterior prominences above and below middle ; a narrow grey
submarginal suffusion, connected by dots with termen; cilia whitish
sprinkled with fuscous. Hindwings and cilia whitish.

West Australia: Yanchep, in September; Perth; two specimens.

78. Nola zostrica n.sp.

Z'OxjrpiKos, girdled.

$ , 22 mm. Head and thorax white. Palpi 2 and a half ; white
sprinkled with fuscous. Antennae grey, basal joint white ; in male with
fascicles of cilia (1 and a half). Abdomen brownish-grey; tuft white.
Legs whitish sprinkled with fuscous ; anterior pair and all tarsi fuscous
with whitish rings. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa gently arched,
apex rounded, termen rounded, oblique; white; tufts small, whitish-
grey, second and third approximated, third tuft before middle ; fuscous
costal spots near base and at one-third; antemedian line from one-third
costa, very slender, fuscous, outwardly curved, incomplete ; a narrow
grey median fascia, outwardly oblique from costa, angled in mid-disc,
thence inwardly oblique, edged posteriorly with blackish dots ;

44 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

subterminal narrowly suffused, interrupted ; a fine interrupted terminal
line ; cilia white sprinkled with fuscous, with some whitish bars.
Hindwings and cilia whitish. Very distinct.

North Queensland: Lake Barrine, Atherton Tableland, in June;
one specimen.

79. Nola goniophora n.sp.
ya)vio(j)opos, marked with angles.

$ $ , 28-32 mm. Head and thorax grey. Palpi 3 ; grey or brownish-
grey. Antennae grey; in male with fascicles of cilia (1 and a fourth).
Abdomen grey- whitish ; crests grey. Legs whitish sprinkled with grey ;
anterior pair and all tarsi fuscous with whitish rings. Forewings
elongate-triangular, costa gently arched, termen slightly rounded,
slightly oblique ; grey, paler towards costa ; markings fuscous ; tufts
grey, sometimes partly fuscous, second and third approximated, third
tuft median ; an oblique line from costa near base, acutely angled inwards
above first tuft, to fold near base ; a costal dot at one-fourth, from which
runs a slender antemedian line obtusely angled before second tuft, again
angled acutely on fold, thence oblique to near one-fourth dorsum; post-
median line from a dot on midcosta, subcostal to throe-fourths, thence
inwardly curved to below middle, whence it is strongly oblique to fold,
on which it is acutely angled and joined by a line with the antemedian,
finally acutely angled outwards before ending on two-thirds dorsum;
some short streaks on veins in terminal area; cilia grey. Hindwings
and cilia grey- whitish.

West Australia : Albany and Denmark in March ; Margaret R. in
November; three specimens.

6. Gen. Selca.

Wlk. xxxiv, p.1218; Hmps. ii, p.32.

Palpi long. Antennae in male with very long pectinations, near
apex simple. Abdomen without Jorsal crest. Neuration as in Nola .
Type S. latifascialis Wlk. from Borneo.

An Indomalayan genus of moderate size extending to Africa and
South America.

80. Selca brunella.

Rhynchopalpus brunellus Hmps., 111. Het. ix, p.89, pl.156, f.31.

Nola bmnella Hmps. ii, p.34.

Nola achromia Hmps., Suppl. i, p.416.

S 9 , 14-16 mm. Head white. Palpi 5 to 6 ; brown-whitish, upper
edge white. Antennae white, towards apex grey- whitish ; in male with
very slender long pectinations (8), apices simple. Thorax white,
posteriorly tinged with brown- whitish. Abdomen and legs whitish.
Forewings triangular, costa slightly arched, apex rounded, termen
rounded, slightly oblique ; white irregularly suffused with pale brownish
and sometimes sprinkled with a few fuscous scales; tufts small, whitish,
sometimes partly fuscous, third tuft median ; antemedian line represented
by a series of minute blackish dots sharply angled, outwards, but usually
the upper limb of the angle is not developed, and often the whole line
is obsolete; postmedian line of similar dots, from beneath two-thirds

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN NOLID AE (LEPIDOPTERA) .

costa to mid-dorsum, with, a slight posterior tooth above middle, some-
• times this line is obsolete; subterminal suffused, pale brownish, edged
posteriorly with white ; termen suffused with pale brownish ; a terminal
series of blackish dots. Hindwings and cilia white.

North Queensland: Cape York; Cairns; Dunk I. Queensland:
Yeppoon; Brisbane. Also from Ceylon and India.

81. Selca major.

Nola major Hmps., 111. Het. viii, p.48, pi. 139, f .13 ; Suppl. i, p.413.

Nola distributa Hmps. ii, p.36, nee Wlk.

S , 21 mm. Head and thorax grey- whitish. Palpi 3 ; fuscous, upper
edge grey-whitish. Antennae grey, towards base whitish; antennal
pectinations in male very long (8). Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous with
whitish rings. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa straight to near
apex, apex round-pointed, termen slightly rounded, slightly oblique;
grey-whitish ; markings dark fuscous ; first tuft small, whitish, second
and third large, dark fuscous, closely approximated, third tuft median ;
an oblique strigule from one-third costa to second tuft, from which a
fine line runs to one-third dorsum, indented above margin; a suffused
costal spot continuous with third tuft; a fine line from third tuft to
inid-dorsum; postmedian from beneath two-thirds costa to two-thirds
dorsum, sharply dentate ; subterminal suffused, interrupted, with
subcostal and submedian prominences; a suffused terminal line with
some darker terminal dots ; cilia whitish sprinkled with fuscous.
Hindwings and cilia pale grey.

Queensland: Duaringa in October (W. B. Barnard). Also from
Archipelago, China, India, and Africa. An unusually wide range.

7. Gen. Roeselia Hb.

Verz., p.397 ; Hmps. ii, p.51.

Palpi short or moderate, obliquely ascending. Antennae bipecti-
nate, towards apex simple. Abdomen with a small dorsal crest on first
segment. Forewings with 2 from four-fifths, 3 from angle, 4 separate,
5 approximated at origin, 6 from below upper angle, 7, 8, 9, 10 stalked,
11 separate;. Hindwings with 2 from two-thirds, 3 and 4 stalked, 5
widely separate, 6 and 7 stalked; 12 anastomosing with cell to middle.
Type, B. tog at alls Hb. from Europe. It is doubtful whether Hampson
was justified in fixing this species as the type. Meyrick uses Roeselia
in the place of Celama Wlk.

Though poorly represented in Australia, this is a large genus
mainly of the tropics in both hemispheres.

82. Roeselia lugens.

JJraba lugens Wlk. xxviii, p.449.

Caesa viduella Wlk. xxxv, p.1729.

Toxoloma australe Feld. Reise Nov. pl.100, f.16.

Selca obscura Swin., Cat. Oxf. Mus. i, p.133.

Nola lugens Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1886, p. 726.

Roeselia lugens Hmp^. ii, p.72.

PROCEEDINGS OP THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

$ , 23-27 mm. ; $ , 26-34 mm. Palpi 1, slender. Antennae of male
with pectinations 5, apical, third simple. Forewings fuscous sprinkled
or suffused with whitish; markings dark fuscous; tufts small, grey or
fuscous, second and third closely approximated, third tuft before middle ;
antemedian line from one-third costa to two-fifths dorsum, outwardly
curved, more or less waved, sometimes whitish-edged anteriorly; a
slender outwardly curved line from before middle of costa to beyond
middle of dorsum, sometimes thickened; sometimes a central fuscous
suffusion; postmedian from midcosta, sometimes denticulate, outwardly
oblique to below middle, there indented, ending on three-fourths dorsum,
sometimes edged with whitish posteriorly; subterminal line slender,
irregularly dentate. Variable.

North Queensland : Cooktown ; Atherton. Queensland : Brisbane ;
McPherson Range; Toowoomba; Stanthorpe. New South Wales:
Ebor; Tyringham; Scone; Sydney; Jervis Bay. Victoria: Melbourne;
Beaconsfield; Gisborne; Dunkeld; Birchip. Tasmania-. Launceston;
Waratah ; Bothwell ; Hobart. South Australia : Adelaide ; Mt. Lofty ;
Penola. West Australia: Denmark; Perth.

83. Roeselia leucospila.

IJraba leucospila Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. 1899, p.16.

Roeselia leucospila Hmps. ii, p.64, pl.20, f.7.

Palpi 1, slender. Unfortunately my two original specimens,
including the type, have been destroyed by mould.

North Queensland: Cairns. Queensland: Brisbane.

84. Roeselia metallopa.

Nola metallopa Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1886, p.726.

Roeselia metallopa Hmps. ii, p.59, pi. 19, f.30.

Queensland: Nambour; Brisbane; Stradbroke I.; Tweed Heads;
Toowoomba; Stanthorpe. New South Wales: Lismore: Brunswick
Heads; Sydney; Jervis Bay. Victoria: Melbourne; Moe.

85. Roeselia mesoleuca.

Cor ulaf mesoleuca Low., Trans. Roy. Soc. S.A. 1903, p.39.

Eurynola mesoleuca Hmps., Suppl. i, p.439.

$ , 22-29 mm. Head white or brown-whitish. Palpi 1 and a
quarter ; second joint thickened with smoothly appressed scales, terminal
joint short, obtuse; dark brown. Antennae grey, in male with long
pectinations (5 to 6), apical two-fifths simple. Thorax grey with a
posterior white spot; patagia brown, apices dark fuscous. Abdomen
whitish more or less suffused with grey. Legs grey-whitish with a few
fuscous scales; tarsi fuscous with whitish rings. Forewings triangular,
costa straight to middle, thence arched, apex rounded, termen slightly
rounded, slightly oblique; grey with' fuscous markings and a suffused
white fascia; a short bar from costa ending in a tuft at one-sixth; two
parallel lines from costa at one-third and shortly beyond, included space
filled in with grey, to dorsum before middle ; postmedian line very
slender, finely dentate, and outwardly oblique to middle of disc, there
bent longitudinally inwards, again bent at a right angka and vertical to

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN NOLID AE (LEPIDOPTERA) . 47

two-thirds dorsum, a white fascia edged by this line to middle of disc,
then expanding beyond it to tornus; subterminal line slender, inter-
rupted, or reduced to dots ; cilia pale grey. Hindwings and cilia whitish.

Hampson made the genus Eurynola for this species, distinguishing
it from Roeselia by the separate origin of vein 7 of the forewings ; but
I find that in five examples this vein is connate with 7, 8, 9 in three,
stalked in two.

North Queensland: Cape York in October and May; Kuranda in
October five specimens. Also from Cooktown.

8. Gen. Aedemon nov.

alSrjfiojv, modest.

Face not prominent. Palpi rather short,, obliquely ascending;
second joint moderately thickened with rough scales; terminal joint
very small. Antennae in male bipectinate. Thorax with rough posterior
-crest. Abdomen without crests. Legs smooth. Forewings with 2 from
shortly before angle, 3 from angle, 4 and 5 very closely approximated
for some distance, 6 from well below angle, 7, 8, 9 stalked, 7 separating
before 9, 10 and 11, separate. Hindwings with cell three-fifths, broad ;
2 from three-fourths, 3 and 4 connate,, 5 well separate, 6 and 7 stalked,
12 anastomosing with cell to beyond middle.

86. Aedemon eurapta n.sp.

€vpa7TTost neat.

$ , 30 mm. Head and thorax grey. Palpi 1 and a fourth ; grey,
upper edge fuscousl Antennae grey; pectinations in male 3, extreme
.apex simple. Abdomen grey- whitish. Legs grey ; posterior pair whitish.
Forewings elongate-triangular, costa strongly arched; grey with dark
fuscous markings; tufts small, second and third approximated, third
tuft before middle ; antemedian line from one-fourth costa to two-fifths
dorsum,, strongly outwardly curved, indented above margin; a roughly
parallel wavy line from one-third costa to mid-dorsum; several short
streaks on bases of veins arising from cell; postmedian line from three-
fourths costa to three-fourths dorsum, slender, sharply defined, with an
acute tooth beneath costa followed by smaller dentations, partly edged
with whitish posteriorly; a faint pale crenulate subterminal line; cilia
grey. Hindwings grey-whitish with a narrow fuscous terminal band;
cilia whitish.

Queensland: Stanthorpe in January (W. B. Barnard); one
specimen. Type in Queensland Museum.

9. Gen. Spathoptila nov.
uTraOoTTTiXos , with spatulate wings.

Face with a smooth rounded projection. Palpi rather short,
slender, only slightly rough-scaled, obliquely ascending; second joint
scarcely thickened; terminal joint short, slender, pointed. Thorax with
a smoothly rounded posterior crest. Abdomen without dorsal crests.
Legs smooth. Forewings with 2 from three-fourths, 3 from angle, 4
separate, 5 approximated, 6 from below upper angle, 7, 8, 9 stalked, 7
separating before 9, 10 and 11 separate. Hindwings with cell three-
fifths; 2 from three-fourths, 3 and 4 stalked, 5 approximated, 6 and 7

48 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

connate, 12 anastomosing with cell to beyond middle. Doubtless allied
to Zia, with which it agrees in neuration, but there are many points of
difference.

87. Spathoptila cyclophora n.sp.

KVK\ocf>opo s, marked with circles.

$ , 34 mm. Head white. Palpi 1 and a fourth ; white. Antennae
fuscous, near base white. Thorax whitish-grey sprinkled with fuscous.
Abdomen grey- whitish. Legs whitish ; anterior tarsi fuscous with

whitish rings. Forewings narrow at base, but dilated towards apex,,
costa strongly arched, apex rectangular, termen slightly rounded,
slightly oblique ; grey with fuscous markings ; tufts fuscous, third tuft
median, a fourth tuft near lower angle of cell;, a white suffusion on
costa near base ; antemedian line slender, imperfect ; postmedian line
slender, distinct, subcostal to two-thirds, where it forms an acute tooth,
thence incurved to a strong obtuse median projection, from which it
curves inwards to three-fifths dorsum; a circular ring around fourth
tuft, followed by two circles forming an oblique figure of 8 in middle
of disc ; subterminal suffused, sharply and irregularly dentate ; cilia
grey. Hindwings white, towards apex suffused with grey, cilia white,,
on apex grey. The type is not in good condition.

West Australia: Nornalup in November; one specimen.

10. Gen. Zia Wlk.

xxvii, p.109 ; Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1886, p.716; Hmps. ii, p.75.

Face with anterior tuft of scales. Palpi long, obliquely ascending;
second joint thickened with rough hairs; terminal joint long (one-half),
thickened with rough hairs, obtuse. Antennae in male ciliated. Thorax
with strong posterior crest. Abdomen with dorsal crests on first two
segments. Forewings with 2 from two-thirds, 3 from angle, 4 and 5
separate, 6 from below upper angle, 7, 8, 9 stalked, 7 separating before
9, 10 and 11 separate,. Hindwings with 2 from three-fourths, 3 and 4
stalked, 5 somewhat approximated, 6 and 7 connate, 12 anastomosing
with cell to beyond middle. . Type, Z. tactalis Wlk.

A small tuft of scales is present on the inferior surface of the basal
joint of the antennae, as in other genera of this family. Hampson
records two species from India and one from Ceylon, but I do not think
these should be included in this genus.

88. Zia tactalis.

Zia tactalis, Wlk., xxvii, p.110; Meyr., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 1886,
p.716 ; Hmps. ii, p.75.

Palpi 6. Fore wings with a small basal tuft, a large tuft in the
posterior part of the cell, and another similar beneath the cell, the two
latter forming an outwardly oblique interrupted ridge.

Queensland: Rockhampton; Brisbane. New South Wales:
Lismore; Sydney; Jervis Bay. Victoria: Sea Lake. West Australia:
Bridgetown.

89. Zia plagiochyta n.sp.

TrXayioxvTos , obliquely suffused.

S 2, 30-34 mm. Head white. Palpi 2 and a half; brawn, upper
edge whitish. Antennae grey, basal joint white ; in male with fascicles

A REVISION OF THE AUSTRALIAN NOLIDAE (lePIDCPTERA) . 49

of cilia (2 and a half). Thorax pale grey ; patagia and tegulae white.
Abdomen grey-whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior pair fuscous
with whitish rings: Forewings elongate-triangular, costa gently arched,
apex rounded, termen slightly rounded, oblique ; whitish with dark
fuscous markings and irroration ; a small white basal tuft ; two tufts,
one in and one beneath cell, forming a continuous dark fuscous slightly
oblique ridge just before middle ; a strong streak from base beneath costa
to two-fifths ; antemedian line from one-fourth costa to one-third dorsum,
strongly angled before second tuft ; a costal spot at two-thirds connected
with subcostal streak and second tuft, continued obliquely beyond this
to form a central suffusion ; postmedian line slender, from three-fifths
costa, oblique and denticulate to middle of disc, there angled inwards to
two-thirds dorsum; subterminal line dentate, suffused and interrupted,
front four-fifths costa, incurved in middle ; some short streaks on veins
running into termen ; cilia fuscous. Hindwings and cilia grey-whitish.

Queensland: Stanthorpe in March and May. New South Wales:
Ebor in March. Type in Queensland Museum.

INDEX TO GENERA.

Aedemon

Roeselia

Celama

Selca

Idiocyttara . .

Sorocostia

Nola . .

Spathoptila . .

Pisara

INDEX

1 Zia

SPECIES— SYNONYMS IN ITALICS.

achromia Hmps.

desmotes Turn.

aenictis Meyr.

diastropha n.sp.

- 2

albalis Wlk. . .

distrihwta Hmps.

amorplia n.sp.

elaphra n.sp.

anisogona Low.

elaphropasta n.sp.

arachneis Meyr.

epicentra Meyr.

argentea Luc.

eremnopa Turn.

atmoplianes n.sp.

eucolpa n.sp. . .

aulacota Meyr.

eucompsa n.sp.

australe Feld.

euraphes n.sp.

bathycyrta n.sp.

eurapta n.sp.

belotypa Hmps.

eurrhyncha n.sp.

bifasciaMs Wlk.

euryloplia n.sp.

biguttalis Wlk.

fasciata Wlk.

brunella Hmps.

fovifera Hmps.

catapliracta n.sp.

fragilis Swin.

celaeneplies n.sp.

fraterna Moore

ceramota n.sp.

goniophora n.sp.

ceraunias Turn.

goniotypa n.sp.

ceylonica Hmps.

liesycha Meyr.

ehionocrana n.sp.

horridella Wlk.

eoelobathra n.sp.

liyalospila Hmps.

coleophora n.sp.

irenica Meyr.

crucigera n.sp.

lechriopa n.sp.

cycota Meyr.

lechriotropa n.sp.

cyclophora n.sp.

leucoloplia n.sp.

cymatias n.sp.

leucoina Meyr.

delograpta n.sp.

leuconephes n.sp.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.
INDEX TO SPECIES— SYNONYMS IN ITALICS — continued.

leucospila Turn.
liparisalis Wlk.
lissosticlia n.sp.
lugens Wlk. . .
macrorrliynclia Turn,
maculifera n.sp.
major Hmps.
melanogramma Hmps
mesoleuca Low.
mesozona Luc.
metallopa Meyr.
microphila Turn,
monozona Low.
nigrifascia Hmps. .
niphostena Low.
obscura Swin.
ochrosticha n.sp.
parallacta Meyr.
paromoea Meyr.
paroxynta Meyr.
phaeogramma n.sp. .
phloeophila Hmps. .
plagiochyta n.sp.
plagioschema Turn.
platygona Low.
platyzona n.sp. . . . . . . 63

pleurochorda n.sp.

pleurosema n.sp.

porrigens Wlk.

potliina n.sp.

pyciiographa n.sp.

pycnopasta n.sp.

pygmaeodes n.sp.

robusta n.sp.

scabralis Wlk.

semograpta Meyr.

sphaerospila n.sp.

strictalis Zel.

subpallida n.sp.

tactalis Wlk.

taeniata Snel.

tetralopha n.sp.

tholera Turn.

thyridota Hmps.

tornotis Meyr.

trigonota Meyr.

van hasselti Heyl.

vepallida n.sp.

vetmtella Wlk.

viduella Wlk.

zaplethes Hmps.

zostrica n.sp.

83
8

57
85
10

84
11

65
37
55
82

71
47

66
43

72
89
54
37

Vol. LV., No. 4.

OUTLINE OF THE GEOLOGY OF THE MOROBE

GOLDFIELDS.

By N. H. Fisher, D.Sc., Mineral Resources Survey, Canberra.

(Plates 1 and 2.)

(. Received 15 th June , 1943 ; issued separately , 26th June, 1944.)
KAINDI SERIES.

The earliest rocks exposed in the Morobe district are the Kaindi
series of metamorphics, and these, in one form or another, constitute the
host rocks of most of the mineral occurrences. They consist of schists,
slates, phyllites, with lenses of limestone and calcareous shales, and are
mostly of sedimentary origin, though greenish rocks which are probably
metamorphosed igneous tuffs are also found within the series. In places
the schists are very micaceous and laminated, but the dominant type
is a phyllite composed mainly of quartz granules and scales of micaceous
minerals, chiefly biotite, a few plagioclase crystals and varying amounts
of chlorite, pyrite, titanite, magnetite, ilmenite and rutile. The effects
of shearing are nearly always pronounced and in some cases at least the
induced schistosity crosses the original bedding planes of the rock. The
limestone lenses are fine-grained and homogeneous, recrystallised to a
greater or less extent, and despite extensive search, no trace of fossils
has yet been found. The only evidence therefore that exists for the age
of the Kaindi series is that it is intruded by pre-Tertiary granite, and
from general considerations it is at least as old as Palaeozoic. The
structure of the series throughout the Morobe district comprises a series
of broad folds trending in a generally northeast-southwest direction.
Over much of the central goldfield area this structure is obscured locally
by granitic and porphyry intrusives, and the commonest strike direction
here is from east-west to southeast-northwest, with a dip generally
towards the south or southwest. This metamorphic series forms the
basement right through the Mandated Territory, on New Britain and
New Ireland as well as the mainland, upon which the later sediments
have been deposited. lit is not intended to infer that it is all one series
throughout, in fact there are evidences at Edie Creek of disconformity
between different portions, which, however, are probably closely related
in time, and in the Waria area at least of a wider unconformity, so that
the basement rocks which so far it has been possible to map only as a
metamorphic complex probably were originally deposited in several
different stages with possibly diastrophic periods intervening.

MOROBE BATHOLITH.

Intruding the Kaindi Series is the Morobe granodioritic batholith,
which occupies extensive areas both to the northeast and southwest of
the principal goldbearing district, while smaller outcrops are plentiful

52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

within the Bnlolo and the Watut valleys (Plates 1 and 2). It reaches
to the coast at Salamaua, southeast to the Waria River, and is prob-
ably more or less continuous with the granite masses of the central ranges
from Ramu to Mount Hagen. Though usually referred to by the field
term granite, analyses of numerous thin sections cut from specimens
collected at various parts of the intrusion, from the centre out to the
margins, shows if to be a slightly acidic granodiorite, or adamellite.
Average silica content is just below 70 per cent. Differentiated phases
of the mass have produced, especially around the margins, such types
as monzonite, diorite, hornblendite, and even a very little pegmatite. This
granodioritic mass plays a most important role in the economic geology
of the Morobe goldfield and has been the direct source of a considerable
proportion of the gold mineralisation. Its age can only be placed with
any certainty as pre-Tertiary, for it is overlain by Tertiary sediments
and earlier volcanics west of the Watut River, and the conglomerates
which comprise part of the Tertiary series contain boulders of the granite.
In the Wagi Valley similar granites appear from the scanty evidence
available to underlie both Eocene and Cretaceous strata. The intrusion
therefore may be as early as late Palaeozoic but it is considered more
probable that it took place during Mesozoic times.

TERTIARY SERIES.

West of the Markham and the Watut Rivers, and in fact through
most of the Mandated Territory, the old metamorphic complex and the
major intrusives are largely masked by extensive series of sediments, very
often accompanied by volcanics of various types. These sediments are
widely developed and attain great thicknesses during the Miocene and
Pliocene, but also include strata of Eocene and Oligocene age, when the
volcanic fraction is more strongly represented. In the Central High-
lands of New Guinea, Cretaceous and Jurassic beds also occur.

In the Morobe goldfield area and to the east of it on the mainland
these marine Tertiaries are not present. They have either been removed
by erosion, or, as is more probable, most of this area remained a land
mass while Tertiary deposition was proceeding elsewhere. The composi-
tion of the Tertiary conglomerates to the west and south and the general
distribution of the sediments strongly suggest that their component
materials were derived from such a land mass to the east.

EARLY PORPHYRIES.

Within the Bulolo and the Watut valleys the next rocks in point of age
to the main granodiorite intrusions are the early porphyries, which are
found mainly in the Wau-Edie Creek area. These intrusions comprise well
crystallised quartz-biotite porphyries, and appear to have been intruded
at some depth below the surface. The Lower Edie porphyry, for instance,
outcrops over an area of 7 to 8 square miles, and intense silicifieation
of the invaded Kaindi series has taken place along the margins. In

outline of the geology of the morobe golbfields. 53

the interior of the intrusion, it is seen in thin sections to be composed of
large phenocrysts of quartz, plagioclase and biotite, with abundant horn-
blende, which is developed more conspicuously in some localities than
others. Plagioclase is andesine, usually rather basic, and the ground
mass, consisting of felspar, quartz, biotite, hornblende and magnetite, is
well crystallised. The phenocrysts are strongly developed, with well
defined crystal outlines. This porphyry shows a general lithological
similarity both to the earlier granodiorite and to the later biotite
porphyries. Towards the margins it becomes finer grained and more
siliceous, with abundant pyrite, and strong silicification and pyritization
of the slates, together with the appreciable amount of assimilation that
has taken place, make it difficult at times to distinguish the exact contact
of the porphyry with the metamorphics. Porphyry bodies of this type
outcrop in the Lower Edie Creek and Golden Ridges area,, also just west
of Edie Creek, and at the head of Quombo Creek (Plate 2) and in the
Waria River Valley.

LATE PORPHYRIES AND VOLCANICS

Following them, but from their general characteristics much later,
are further series of porphyritic intrusions. As most of these are
mutually independent, their exact relationships are difficult to determine,
but intrusions occurred at two different periods at least, possibly three,
all of which must, at present, be considered together. Distinction
between them is made more difficult in that they have mostly been affected
by hydrothermal alteration in addition to the intense tropical weather-
ing, and exposures of fresh rocks are scarce. A wide difference in the
mode of intrusion from that of the Lower Edie porphyry is apparent,
and it obviously took place much nearer the surface. They are essenti-
ally of much the same composition, quartz, biotite, hornblende and
andesine plagioclase, but are not so well crystallised, the ground mass
is much finer grained, and their relations to the country rock quite
different. Little contact metamorphism can be seen, the principal effect
on the host series being pyritization near the contacts, which are often
marked by gouge, and nearly always clearly defined except where
intensely weathered. On these principles it is probable that the porphyry
mass just below the junction of the Edie and the Merri Creeks is earlier
than the main intrusion above the junction (Plate 2). Contact breccias,
somewhat silicified, are developed along its margins and it seems gener-
ally from its appearance in thin section to have been intruded under
slightly deeper seated conditions. At about the time of the intrusion
of these porphyries violent volcanic activity commenced in the Edie
Creek area and vast quantities of agglomerates were produced. Conse-
quent upon this upheaval the whole valley was dammed up, and most
of the agglomerates were actually laid down in water, for many of the
constituent boulders and pebbles, particularly in the marginal areas of
the agglomerate, show a degree of rounding and resorting greater than
could have been acquired by mechanical attrition during volcanic
ejection. These agglomerates consist not only of andesitic or, more

54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

accurately, dacitic volcanic material but also of boulders of the meta-
morphic series, the granodiorite and the earlier Lower Edie type
porphyry. Volcanic breccias were formed presumably by the same explo-
sive outbursts, the distinction between the two being principally that
the breccia is composed almost entirely of schist and fragments of the
early porphyries, little volcanic material being recognisable. The
boulders and rock fragments of which it is composed, too, are more
angular although they still show a slight degree of rounding. The
constitution of the boulders in the agglomerate and the breccia shows a
general relation to the nature of the underlying rocks. Just west of
Edie Creek, granite, porphyry and schist are prominent. The breccia
above Golden Ridges is composed of slate and Lower Edie porphyry,
while down towards the Bulolo River, only porphyry and dacite are
found. The inference is that several different volcanic vents existed.

Field relations at Enterprise Mine near Edie Creek and in the
Golden Ridges area suggest that the blue breccia is a later phase of the
volcanic activity. It overlies the principal agglomerate formation, which
in the few places where they are found together appears to pass upward
into it without any definite line of demarcation. The agglomerate is much
more wide-spread than the breccia, which is confined to a few localities
of restricted extent, whereas the agglomerate is found up to several
hundreds of feet thick over most of the Lower Bulolo and part of the
Watut Valley. In places along the divide between the two rivers, flows
of obsidian are associated with the agglomerate, and narrow bands of
rhyolite occur similarly in the Golden Ridges area. Indigenous boulders
within the agglomerate are essentially similar to the porphyry suite,
differing mainly in the fineness of the ground mass, which is crypto-
crystalline or even glassy, and in their generally extrusive aspect. Flow
structure is sometimes developed, quartz is relatively less abundant, but
in sufficient quantities to classify the rock as a dacite. Crystallisation
appears to have been well advanced before it reached the surface, as
would be expected from its manner of occurrence. A notable feature
of these volcanics is the predominance of pyroclastic material and the
almost complete absence of flows.

The latest porphyries are intrusive into the volcanic breccia, but
it is difficult to establish exactly when effusive activity began. The
constituent boulders of the breccia and the agglomerate should establish
definitely their place in the igneous sequence, but owing to the close
petrological similarity of the porphyries of the different ages, and the
generally weathered and altered condition of the breccia where it out-
crops, it has not so far been possible to establish more than the fact that
the Lower Edie type porphyry is a conspicuous constituent of the
volcanics, and no definite proof exists that any other porphyries are
present. This problem is made more difficult by the fact that the breccia
and the agglomerate are not found very close to the main mineralised
area at the head of Edie Creek so that the absence of porphyries of the
Upper Edie type from the breccias and agglomerates, if it could be
established, would still not be conclusive evidence as to their relative age

OUTLINE OF THE GEOLOGY OF THE MOROBE GOLDFIELDS.

on account of the geographical interval. For most practical purposes all
the late porphyries and the volcanic activity can be considered together
as one intrusive epoch.

OTIBANDA SERIES.

After the volcanic outbursts had largely expended their violence
the Bulolo-Watut valley area settled down as a more restricted lake
system, the limit of which was apparently about the present 3,800-foot
contour. In this lake the Otibanda freshwater series of shales, mud-
stones, sandstones and conglomerates was laid down, several hundred
feet in thickness in the central portion, and intercalated near the base
with bands of tuff and fine agglomerate representing the last phases of the
dying volcanic activity. In these sedimentaries are found the first
definite evidence of geological age on the Morobe Goldfield, apart from the
Tertiary Langimar series to the west outside the true gold-bearing area.
Bones of Nototherium were collected from shale and sandstone beds at
Otibanda, Upper Watut River, and these were identified by Dr. Charles
Anderson (1) of the Australian Museum as similar to those obtained
from Pleistocene and recent swamps of South Australia, though certain
peculiar features of the jawbone suggested that they might be an earlier
type. Numerous plant remains are also present in the series, but it has
not been possible to make any age determination from them. The occur-
rence of Natotherium , together with the recent aspect of the Otibanda
series, is sufficient to establish this as Pleistocene, so that the principal
volcanic activity, the later phases of which are interbedded in the Otibanda
series, could not have taken place much earlier than the beginning of the
Pleistocene. This means that the later porphyries belong to this period
also, as porphyry exactly similar in type to the main late porphyry of
the Upper Edie is found intruding the volcanic breccias in the Golden
Ridges area. The injection of the late porphyries may, of course, have
begun some time before this, but good grounds exist for considering that
the whole of this period of activity belongs to Pliocene — early Pleistocene
times. The Lower Edie type porphyry is much earlier, but there are
no definite data on which to establish its age.

RECENT DEPOSITS.

Deposition of the Otibanda series appears to have been terminated
by earth movements which initiated the drainage of the lake and slightly
tilted the freshwater beds, a tilting* which has been assisted by faulting.
A great rush of detrital material from the slopes of Mount Kaindi
followed the removal of the lake waters and formed piedmont deposits
over much of the south-western side of the Bulolo Valley near Wau.
The youngest rocks in the area, apart from recent stream gravels and
terraces, are a limited series of rhyolite flows and rhyolite breccias on
the surface of the piedmont deposits between Wau and Golden Ridges
(Plate 2).

GEOLOGICAL HISTORY.

The chronological sequence in the Morobe goldfields area, as far
as at present worked out, is set out in Table 1. Geological events which
have taken place elsewhere on the mainland of the Mandated Territory

TABLE T.

Geological Sequence in the Mandated Territory of New Guinea.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

but whose effects are not visible in the goldfields area are shown in the
second column* : —

OUTLINE OF THE GEOLOGY OF THE MOROBE GOLDFIELDS,

o o

§1

ft^

ft*

3 ^

O "-H
fH O

53 ©
dB
Sftft
n3 -2

d d
d
d

^ a
i a

fl C4-,

d K~

K*S

d.-s

-g g
© p

g g

^ ft
<*-, fl
o o

* |.2
•r* ^ U

bfc

ft n

T 73

d |‘Sh

-Sg«
I sl

2 *s

r- 02 ,d

£-g *

^ Si

d b®2

2d®
43 43 ft
'S3 d S
o<pS

ft q

i 2

.SJs

m g

43ft

|.£
o *
O >>

2 S
9 T3
•9 d

rv. f-i
i-h bD

o .2

£ so

.2 d
d

'» 2

£ d
8.2
d ^

-d

9 «

§•£

00
rj eg

oCfi

1:2
> ft
© ©
*3 cc

p g

£ £

pc;

3©

d.2

I-

2 £
nS o
d *-<
d^

M 'fl

13 ®

2 ©
©

ft ©
>
d d

°d

-”i

S £

t£ _©
’fl

2 °
© «
*4 44

^ §

>%43

a®

ft ft

ft ©
©

ft ft

ft ©
9 05
© d
© o

H >■>
03 ft

3 03

EHt

* 2
ft

>»

'ft

> ® ©
ft d ^

03 ’fl .*i

tiK

g-5 3

ois

l«S

•d -pft
Add
d F d

•pH Q ^

® 2 c
ft j2 *3
73 ££"£

t 8-S

ftft £

.S 2 1
. ft s®

J-g 00 g

n, ' 03

af °§

llc.S

*1ss

*H O S
° © ® •
r> 'd 12 W

2,2 $PS

g © 03 d

£ >H>

d ft
ft ©

S‘g

I a

O §

d _
•2 ft

03 _©'

fl O

&£
© ft

P tM
O

S 4
©
fl

_©

<44

’3

> § .8
I’g’S

* (5 m

•fl &
'§©1
©ft g
o «ft

P* —j 43

•slc

fl .2

o ©

>ift ft
5 fl d
ft «s d

O C ■'
O

-1
© >

| |

rr> ©

“* O
ft

d © b

1 H fcL
©■£ .2
_ 43

§!*

14^

fl ft

i-s

ft ®

’o

■s

O /H

M d

-2 © 03

2 £ 8

•»4 © 43

03 £

43 ft

*® o 2

O 43 d CO

ft ©

73 © d 5

s- ft ©
© © fl

ft © ft 43

c°ib

be £ "d d
® bC4n g
ft 0 ©

°l

fl 0.2 W

O ft43 o
•r- rf) ** _y

0^3

§*8^m

58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

This table is necessarily generalised to some extent, and some of
the correlations are only tentative. The absence of the fossiliferous
sedimentary beds from the goldfields area makes it impossible to assign
definite ages to pre-Pleistocene events. It no doubt took part in the
general extrefne uplift towards the close of the Pliocene (in Huon
Peninsula, north of Lae, Pliocene fossils have been collected 10,000 feet
above sea level) and it was probably about this time that the late porphyry
intrusions and the associated volcanic activity commenced. It has been
seen that vulcanism continued well into the Pleistocene, and it must,
in all, have extended over a long period. Conglomerates of the Otibanda
series contain gold derived from the mineralisation associated with it,
so that sufficient interval must have elapsed for the cover under which
this mineralisation took place to have been removed by erosion some time
before the completion of the deposition of the lacustrine beds. These
lake beds naturally also contain gold from earler periods of deposition
and subsequent reconcentration from the conglomerates has contributed
materially towards the gold in the recent alluvials. Even before volcanic
activity commenced, the present physiographic system had been well
established, the volcanics and the subsequent lake beds of the Otibanda
series merely filling the deeper portions of the valleys, though the
volcanics are also found much higher up the flanks of the mountains.
Before their deposition commenced, the topography must have been even
more rugged than it is at present.

There seems little doubt that the Pleistocene lake outlet was through
the wide, comparatively low Zenag Gap into what is now the Wampit
River. This gap was closed by differential elevation during the drainage
of the lake and the present stream system of the Lower Watut River
established.

REFERENCE.

(1) Anderson, C. : Palaeontological Notes No. IV, Records of the Australian
Museum, Vol. XX, No. 2, 1937.

SOUTH OF MARKHAM RIVER

\ |,| PP01QOQB001

Vol. LY, No. 5.

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE QUEENSLAND
FLORA, No. 8

By C. T. White, Government Botanist.

(Received 5 th October, 1943 ; tabled before the Royal Society of Queens-
land, 29 th November, 1943; issued separately , 2 6th June, 1944.)

(Plates III. and IY.)

The present paper contains additions to the flora of Queensland since
the publication of the previous Contributions (these Proceedings Yol.
53, pp. 201-228).

Family Ranunculaceae.

Ranunculus sceleratus L. Sp. PI. 551 (1753). Celery Ranunculus.

Moreton District : Gold Creek near Brisbane, in wet place associated
with Triglochin and Samolm, M. S. Clemens (flowers) 18-5-1943.

A native of the Northern Hemisphere (North America, Europe and
Asia) naturalised in the southern States of Australia but not previously
recorded for Queensland.

Family Rutaceae.

Eriostemon lanceolatus Gaertn. f. de Fruct. iii. 154, t. 210 (1807).

E. saUcifolius Smith in Rees Cyclop, xiii. No. 1.

Darling Downs District : Pyramid Mt., about 30 miles from Stan-
thorpe, H. Jarvis (flowers) 6-11-1921. Wide Bay District: Fraser
Island, Miss S. Lovell (fruits) 7-1-1894; Tin Can Bay, very common
in restricted area in very sandy soil, C. T. White 12284 (flowers)
12-9-1943 (shrub 1-1.5 m., slender upright growth, flowers mauve).

Three definite localities for this species, previously admitted into
the Queensland flora by Mueller and Bailey without definite locality
records. I't is a very common wild-flower of the Hawkesbury sandstone,
New South Wales, and one would expect to find it in Queensland towards
the Tweed River, in the south-eastern corner of the State. Its occur-
rence in the Wide Bay district extends our knowledge of its range
considerably northwards.

Family Malvaceae.

Sida Cunninghamii sp. nov.

S. pedunculata A. Cunn. ex Benth. FI. Austr. i. 193 (1863), non
Domin.

Suffrutex vel herba perennis, caulibus foliisque dense stellato-
tomentosis, canescentibus vel lutescentibus. Folia longe petiolata
elliptico-ovata ad lineari-lanceolata apice obtusa vel subacuta, basi
obtusa, leviter cordata vel in foliis latioribus manifeste cordata, margine
crenulata, supra mollia subtus mollia vel saepe scabriuscula, nervis
praecipuis supra impressis, subtus elevatis; petiolus 1-4 cm. longus;
lamina 3-6 cm. longa, 1-3 cm. lata ; stipulae setaceae 5 mm. longae
stellato-tomentosae. Flores in racemos elongatos graciles dispositi vel
raro pedunculis unifloris ; racemi in longitudine variabili ad 28 cm. long!
vel saepe ad 3 cm. reducti ; bracteae ad setas 3 subaequales 5-7 mm.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

longas reductae (unam folio respondentem et 2 e stipulis ortas). Calyx
pilis stellatis dense obsitus, 7-8 mm. diam., 5-lobatus, tubo campanulato,
2 mm. alto, lobis late triangularibus 2-5 mm,, longis. Calyx sub fructu
leviter amplificatus, Fructus vix 1 cm. diam., depresso-globosus, carpellis
dorso valde rugulosis lateribus profunde rugoso-reticulatis 2-2*5 mm.
longis.

New South Wales. — Peels Range, A. Cunningham (Type: Herb.
Kew) .

Queensland. — Darling Downs : Hannaford, common on red soil
ridges, C. T. White 11179 (flowers), 9-6-1938. Maranoa District: Nebine
Creek, common, C. T. White 11781 (flowers and fruits), 3-4-1941.
St. George, J. Wedd (flowers and fruits), Feb. 1894; Narine, south-
east of Dirranbandi, in damp shady depressions on very sandy loam,
only the one specimen seen, 8. T. Blake 10694 (flowers and fruits),
5-3-1936 (erect, ca. 9 in., leaves subglaucous above, glaucous beneath,
flowers yellow) ; about 30 miles west of St. George, on reddish fine sand
in Eucalyptus forest, S. T. Blake 10797 (flowers and fruits), 15-3-1936
(stems tufted on a woody base, obliquely ascending up to 6 in. long,
leaves dull green above, glaucous beneath, flowers yellow) ; Roma, alt.
ca. 1000 ft., open places in mixed open forest on sandy soil, S. T. Blake
13287 (flowers and fruits), 15-2-1938 (tufted, spreading, ascending or
erect to ca. 1 ft., leaves somewhat dull green above, glaucous beneath,
flowers yellow). Warrego District: Charleville, alt. ca. 1000 ft., in dense
Mulga (Acacia aneura) forest on orange, very sandy soil, S. T. Blake
11058 (flowers and fruits), 5-4-1936 (base woody, stems tufted, up to
1 ft. long, hoary, leaves dull light green above, glacousi beneath, flowers
yellow) ; Thargomindfah, alt, ca. 400 ft., on stony reddish sandy loam
plain in open mulga scrub, S. T. Blake 11780 (flowers and fruit remains),
24-6-1936 (base woody, stems oblique up to 1 ft., leaves glaucous above,
hoary beneath) ; Gilruth Plains, east of Cunnamulla, alt. ca. 600 ft., in
mulga country on reddish sandy soil, S. T. Blake 14036 (flowers and
fruits), 19-5-1939 (very hoary perennial, stems erect, branched, up to
1 ft.; inflorescence long, trailing, flowers yellow). Gregory South Dis-
trict : Windorah, on red sand ridge with Acacia aneura and Eucalyptus
spp., S. T. Blake 12092 (flowers and fruits), 12-7-1936 (tufted, oblique,
glaucous, ca. 6 in. ; inflorescence very lax, flowers yellow. Mitchell
District: Torrens Creek, J. E. Young.

The present species comes closest to S. pedunculata Domin non
Gunn. The only thing it has in common, however, apart from hoary
vestiture, is its inflorescence which varies from simple to compound,
in the latter case the branches or pedicels being subtended by three
bracts, the two outer of which probably represent stipules, the inner
one a much reduced leaf. S. pedunculata Domin (at least as far as
the Queensland specimens are concerned), I should say is referable to
S. fibulifera Lindl. This has a much shorter inflorescence and smaller
(fruits and carpels than S. Ou\nmnghamii C. T. White. I would like
to have retained Cunningham’s name for the species but this was only
quoted in synonymy (though accompanied by a few descriptive notes)
and Domin ’s name must therefore stand.

Family Sterculiaceae.

Rulingia pannosa R. Br. in Bot. Mag. tab. 2191 (1821).

R. rugosa Steetz ex Bail, in Queens. Agric, Journ. i. 78 (1897),
quoad Queensl.

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE QUEENSLAND FLORA, NO. 8.

This plant is moderately common in south-east Queensland. The
plant recorded by Bailey l.c. as R. rugosa belongs here, so the species
should be deleted from the Queensland Flora until authentic specimens
have been collected.

Rulingia prostrata Maid. & Betche, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.Wales
xxiii. 18 (1898).

Moreton District : Top of Mt. French, flat rock country, E. J. Smith
(capsules), May, 1942. New for Queensland.

Family Hippocrateaceae.

Loeseneriella barbata (F. Muell.) comb. nov.

Hippocratea barbata F. Muell. in Trans. Phil. Instit. Vic. iii., 23
(1859).

Hippocratea oh tn\si folia Roxb. var barbata Benth. FI. Austr. i. 404
(1863) ; Bailey Queens. FI. i. 260 (1899).

Moreton District: Simpson’s Gap near Brisbane, J. H. Simmonds
(fruits), Nov. 1887; Brisbane River, F. M. Bailey , Amalie Dietrich ;
Rosewood, F. M. Bailey, J . Shirley; Mt. French, E. J. Smith (flowers
and immature fruits), Jan. 1940 (a creeper). Wide Bay District:
Bundaberg, Jas. Keys ; Imbil, local Forest Officer. Port Curtis District :
Rosedale, L. G. Dovey 222 (flowers), Nov. 1923 (flowers), Oct. 1930
(vine in “bastard scrub”; something appears to eat the young shoots).
Cook District : Innisfail, H. G. Ladbook.

This species though represented by a number of sheets in :the
Queensland Herbarium cannot be said to be a common plant. It is
typically found in the drier rain-forests or mixed soft-wood forests of
the south-eastern parts of the State. The Innisfail plant is somewhat
different in general appearance largely on account of its drying brown,
instead of the very pale green of all the other specimens. Innisfail
is distant from the other localities quoted and the district carries a
very different vegetation — heavy tropical rain forest. Our specimen is
rather scrappy and when better known may be found distinct. On
examination, however, I can find no tangible differences of specific
importance. Judging from its distribution it is unlikely the Australian
plant would be the same as the Indian one to which Bentham l.c. referred
it. Wright’s figure (Ic. t. 963) of Loeseneriella obtusifolia (Roxb.)
A. C. Smith is quoted by A. C. Smith as typical and shows a very dif-
ferent plant to the Australian one. The genus Loeseneriella was
proposed by Smith (Amer. Journ. Bot, 28, 439, 1941) to separate the
Asiatic and Western Pacific plants from the American Hippocratea
where they had previously' been placed.

Salacicratea disepala sp. nov.

Frutex scandens ubique glaber, ramulis subvalidis leviter applanatis
sed mox teretibusi et lenticellatis. Folia opposita vel subopposita ;
petiolus validus, supra canaliculatus, subtus convexus, 5-7 mm. longus ;
lamina chartacea vel, tenuiter coriacea, oblonga, elliptica vel fere laneeo-
lata 6-15 cm. longa, 3-6 cm. lata, basi subacuta et in petiolum decurrens,
apice obtusa vel obtuse acuta, margine integra sed undulata ; costa media
utrinque valde elevata, nervi secundarii utrinsecus 8—10 ; venulae
plerumque in sicco subtus prominulae. Inflorescentia axillaris, cymosa,
pedunculo communi leviter applanato 1-1.5 cm. longo, ramis secudariis
perbrevibus ad 5 mm. longis, bracteis triangularibus 1 mm. longis,

62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

pedicellis 2-6 mm. longis. Calyx in alabastro calyptriformis, promi-
nenter apieulatus deinde in sepala 2 fissus. Sepala tenuiter carnosa,
suborbicularia, 5 mm. longa, 4 mm. diam. Petala textura sepalis similia,
suborbicularia, 4 mm. longa, 3 mm. diam. Discus crasso-carnosus
annulari-pulvinatus, 1 mm. altus, indistincte 3-4-lobatus. Stamina 3-4,
demum recurvata, filamentis ligulatis, apicem versus gradatim angustatis,
2 mm. longis. Ovarium in disco immersum, stylo pyramidato-conico 1
mm. alito, stigmatibus obscuiris. Fructus globosus 1.2 cm. diam, sed in
speciminibus nostris immaturus.

Cook District: Yarrabah, Rev. N. Michael (old flowers and very
immature fruits) ; Murray River, H. Flecker (ex herb. N.Q. Naturalists ?
Club No. 7826) ; Etty Bay, rain-forest regrowth, C. T. White 11751
(immature fruits), Dec. 1941 (climber) ; Boonjee, near Malanda, alt.
2,400 feet, common in rain forest, 8. T. Blake 15188 (type: flowers),
August 1943 (slender woody twiner, the lateral branches often twining
tendril-like at base, stem about 2 cm. diam., with grey, nearly smooth
bark, deep green beneath the surface; wood white; leaves green, paler
beneath; flowers greenish white, stamens at first erect, then reflexed).

The present species is extremely interesting as providing a connec-
tion between Salacia L. and Salicicratea Does. In its early stages the
calyx is distinctly calyptrate in appearance but later splits into two equal
orbicular sepals which are persistent for some considerable time even
after the petals have fallen and the ovary started to fill out. The genus
Salacia finds its greatest development in tropical America and A. C.
Smith, in his revision of the American species (Brittonia 4, 424) remarks
that even as far as the American ones are concerned this genus does
not form an entirely coherent group, and some of the sections could,
conveniently form distinct genera. In typical 8, alacicratea the calyx
forms a calyptra, dehiscing in an irregular line near the base leaving a
narrow ring of calycine tissue below the petals. Dr. A. C. Smith, to
whom I submitted a piece of the present plant, thinks it fits into 8 alaci-
cratea and remarks ‘ ‘ It is unusual for the calyx of this genus to spread
into two sepals and to remain persistent, but I believe that the genus
should be expanded to include this species. The true Salacia , in my
opinion, never has a completely closed calyx in the bud.”

In the past Salacicratea disepala has been confused with Salacia
prinqides L. but apart from the calyx the two can be distinguished as
follows : —

Inflorescence fasciculate . . . . . . . . . . . . Salacia prinoides.

Inflorescence cymose . . . . . . . . . . . . Salacicratea disepala .

Family Sapindaceae.

Atalaya vixens sp. nov.

Arbor parva vel mediocris ; ramuli glabri sub lente lenticellati. Folia
plerumque 2-juga rarius 1-juga; petiolus et rhaehis 3-7 cm. longa, in
juventute distinct e alata, in statu adulto angulata vel saepe minute
alata; foliola lanceolata, basi in petiolum crassum brevem angustata,
apice acuta, utrinque in sicco prominenter venulosa, viridia sed subtus
pallidiora, 7-12 cm. longa, 1.5-2 cm. lata. Paniculae multiflorae, 8-12
cm. longae, 5-10 cm. latae, ramulis angulatis, tenuiter pubescentibus
vel deinde glabris. Flores albi, pedicellis 2-3 mm. longis. Sepala
oblonga, glabra, 2 mm. longa. Petala oblonga, 5 mm. longa, extus basi
densissime hirsuta vel pubescentes partem superiorem versus gradatim

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE QUEENSLAND FLORA, NO. 8.

glabra, intus ad basem squama magna cristata ornata. Discus annularis,
lobatus. Stamina petalis breViora, filamentis leviter applanatis tenuiter
hirsutis. Ovarium profunde triangulare, lobis dorso hirsutis, lateribus
glabris. Fructus glaber; loculi ascendentes; carpella prominenter
costato-venosa, cum ala 3.5 cm. longa.

Moreton District: Kalbar, E. J. Smith (flowers), Oct. 1935; Kilcoy,
C . England (flowers), Oct. 1919. Wide Bay District: Biggenden, C. T.
White 7337 ; Mt. Bauple, on rain-forest slopes, and common as second
growth, C. T. White 3488 (juvenile stage) ; Sinai, via Oakview, F.
Reynolds (old flowers), Nov. 1923 (tree up to 75 ft. high and 2 ft. diam.,
bark fairly smooth, | in. thick, fresh blaze white, flowers in October).
Burnett District: Eidsvold, Dr. T. L. Bancroft (type) ; Gayndah, C. T.
White (juvenile leaves only). Leichhardt District: Dawson River, Dr.
T. L. Bancroft (old flowers), Nov. 1915; Gogango Range, near Edun-
galba, in monsoon forest on light brown shallow stony soil, alt. 400-500
ft., S. T. Blake 15347 (flowers), 27-9-1943 (tree 20-30 ft. with rather
open green crown; trunk with occasional protuberances; bark grey to
light grey with numerous transverse ridges, scaly below, smooth above
except for fine longitudinal lines, unusually hard, green immediately
beneath surface, then dark cream ; sapwood white ; leaves green to dark
green; flowers white). North Kennedy District: Kinrara, alt. 1,900 ft.,
in closed forest on basalt rock, S. T. Blake 14443 (fruits), 25-11-1941
(bushy-headed tree, 10-20 ft., leaves green, bark light grey, smooth to
fissured).

This tree is common and widely spread in the mixed soft-wood
(closed) forests (“scrubs”) of the near coastal belt of Queensland. The
specimens from Toowoomba (Darling Downs District) referred to by
Radlkofer (Das Pflanzenreich IY. 165, Sapindaceae, p. 610 under
A. salicifolia (DC.) Blume) probably belong here. It is a most unlikely
locality record for this latter species, which is a native of Timor and
North Austraila.

In the past the present species has been confused with A. hemiglauca
F. Muell. but is easily picked out both in the field and herbarium by
its rather bright green leaves and more glabrous character. The two
species can be distinguished as follows : —

Leaves 2-5-jugate, glaucous green above, pale green beneath. Sepals
tomentose. Petals tomentose. Ovary densely pubescent. Fruit
tomentose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. A. hemiglauca .

Leaves 1-2-jugate, green on both surfaces. Sepals glabrous. Petals
pubescent or hirsute in the lower part, glabrous in the upper.

Ovary pubescent on the angles, glabrous on the sides. Fruit

glabrous . . . A. virens.

Family Leguminosae.

Acacia catenulata sp. nov.

Arbor mediocris, ramulis tomentosis, partibus novellis pilis aureis
obsitis mox canescentibus. Phyllodia subcoriacea, recta vel falcata,
anguste lanceolata ad basin glandulam marginalem plerumque ornata,
venis parallels numerosis et crebris, apice leviter et minute uncinata,
basi angustata in petiolum brevem inerassata; lamina 3.5-9 cm. longa,
3-6 mm. lata ; petiolus 2 mm. longus, validus, transverse rugulosus.
Spicae tenues subdensae vel interruptae, singulae, pedunculatae, cum
pedunculo 5 cm. longae. Flores 5-meri. Sepala 5, spathulata, limbo
subrotundo 'ciliato, ungui tenui glabro. Petala libera elliptica 1.5 mm.
longa. Legumen 2-6 cm. longum, 2-7-spermum, inter semina valde

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

constrictum plus vel minus planum sed supra semina leviter convexum ;
valvis chartaceis extus laxe reticulatis ; semina longitudinaliter disposita,
atro-castanea, funiculo haud plicato tenui sed ad apicem in arillum
parvum incrassato.

Maranoa District : Between Mitchell and Morven, common on rocky
hills, C. T. White 12092 (type, flowers and pods), 6-9-1941 (medium tree,
hard somewhat furrowed bark ; local name ‘ ‘ Bendee, ’ ’ wood in demand
for turnery) ; between Roma and Coogoon L. Wright (flowers) 17-3-1936 ;
same locality (juvenile and sterile material only) C. T. White, May
1935; 20 miles west of Mitchell, co-dominant with Cadellia pentastyUs
in dense forest on greyish silt loam, alt. 1,600 ft., S. T. Blake 10936
(flowers), 31-3-1936 (tree, 30-40 ft., bark grey, compact, slightly fissured,
thin, branches oblique, crown rather dense, glaucous, flowers bright
yellow; local name “Bendee”). Warrego District: Morven, on timbered
rocky sandy hill-top with Acacia harpophylla and Eremophila Mitchellii,
alt. 1,400 ft., 8. T. Blake 10918 (flowers), 31-3-1936 (tree ca, 20 ft, high
with glaucous, rather dense crown; bark grey, furrowed, fibrous-flaky,
flowers bright yellow) . Mitchell District : Main Range, between Beta and
Jericho (flowers), 10-2-1939 (received from Divisional Engineer’s Office,
Queensland Railways) ; Lome Peak, about 50 miles S.S.W. of Blackall,
growing among boulders on northern scarp of the Gowan Range, 8. L.
Everist No. 1872 (nearly ripe pods), August 1939 (tree about 20 ft. with
slender branches ; local name 1 ‘ Bendee ” ) .

It is difficult to know whether the present species should be placed
in Bentham’s series Stenophyllae or Faleatae of the Juliflorae. It has
some of the characters of both but as its affinities obviously lie with
A. cmeura F. Muell. and A. brachystachyia Benth., it is I think best placed
in the former series.

The three species can be distinguished as follows : —

Phyllodia straight, thick, coriaceous, 4-8 cm. long, 3-4 mm. broad,
sometimes terete, spikes 1.5-2.5 cm. Pods flat, 2.5-4 cm. long,

8-14 mm. broad, seeds oblique or transverse . . . . . . A. aneura

(Mulga).

Phyllodia narrow-linear, 5-18 cm. long, 1-3 mm. broad; spikes

1. 5- 2.5 cm. long; pod coriaceous, flattish but biconvex when
ripe, straight, broad-linear, 2-8 cm. long, 6-8 mm. broad,

seeds longitudinal or oblique . . . . . . . . A. hrachystachya

(Umbrella Mulga).

Phyllodia thinly coriaceous, straight or falcate, narrow-lanceolate,

3.5- 9 cm. long, 3-6 mm. broad. Spikes 2.5 cm. long. Pod
flattish but slightly convex over the seeds, markedly monili-
form due to constriction between the seeds, 2-6 cm. long;

seeds longitudinal . . . . . . . . . . . . A. catenulata

(Bendee).

Family Combretaceae.

Terminalia insularis sp. nov. (Sect. Myroibalanus) .

Arbor, ramulis validis apicem versus leviter incrassatis. Folia
apicem versus ramulorum plus vel minus conferta, subtus molliter
pubescentia ; lamina obovata, vel elliptico-lanceolata, epunctata,
plerumque plus vel minus abrupte et obtuse acuminata, basi cuneata,
8-17 cm. longa, 4.5-9 cm. lata, nervis praecipuis 8-9 in utroque latere,
subtus elevatis, venis et venulis prominulis, petioli molliter pubescentes,
1-2-5 cm. longi. Spicae folia aequantes vel superantes densiflorae.
Calycis tubus 2 mm. longus, dense sericeo-tomentosus ; lobi deltoidei extus
pilis albis sparsissime obsiti ; intus ad basin pilis longis sericeis densissime

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE QUEENSLAND FLORA, NO. 8.

obsiti. Stamina 5 mm. longa. Drupa ovoidea vel oblonga, apice
breviter cornuta, purpurea, tenuiter pubeseens, exangulata, 2 cm. longa,
1 cm. diam.

North Queensland. — Cook District: Thursday Island, Torres
Straits, F. M. Bailey, E. Cowley.

Hawaii. — Manoa Arboretum (cultivated) E. L. Caum (type: flowers
and fruits), 13-10-1940, Herbarium Experiment Station, H.S.P.A., No.
1696.

Photostats of specimens of the present plant were sent me by Mr.
Caum some time ago and from these I could not place it satisfactorily.
When specimens were received later I went through the Terminalia
material in the Queensland Herbarium and found we had specimens (all
imperfect) of the same plant in the folders of T. platyphylla F. Muell.,
T. microoarpa Dene, and T. petiolaris A. Cunn. Specimens had been
seen by Mr. A. E. Exell of the British Museum, who noted it as “aff.
T. petiolaris A. Cunn.” In Bentham’s key to the Australian species
in the “ Flora Australiensis” it could be placed as follows: —

Leaves very obtuse, usually broad
Leaves mostly shortly acuminate:

Leaves three or four times as long as the petiole:

Pellucid dots very conspicuous under a lens . .
Pellucid dots quite microscopic
Leaves not twice as long as the petiole:

Pellucid dots quite microscopic

T. platyphylla.

T. microcarpa.
T. insularis.

T. petiolaris.

Family Myrtaceae.

Baeckea frutescens L. Sp. PI. 358 (1753).

Cook District : Temple Bay, Cape York Peninsula, sandy plain,
J. E. Young (leaves only), July 1923.

The above material is in leaf only but is an exact match for much
Malayan material seen by me. The record will have to be verified later
with flowering specimens.

Baeckea linearis sp. nov.

Frutex glaber ca. 1 m. alius, ramulis subquadrangularibus cortice
griseo obteetis, internodiis 2-4 mm. longis. Folia linearia, plana, 5-8
mm. longa, vix 1 mm. lata, ad basin in petiolum perbrevem incrassata,
Flores solitarii, breviter pedicelLati, pedicello vix 1 mm. longo, ad, basin
2 bracteato, bracteis pedicellum leviter excedentibus. Calyx late
turbinatus in sicco prominenter 5-angulatus, 2.75 mm. diam., dentibus
vel lobis latis. Petala alba 1 mm, diam. stamina 5, calycis lobis opposita,
filamentis basin versus applanatis, antherarum loculis Longitudinaliter
dehiscentibus. Ovarium 3-loculare; ovula in quoque loculo ca. 10 sed
saepe 1 loculo abortivo.

New South Wales. — Tweed River, Jas. Keys.

Queensland. — Moreton District : Stradbroke Island, C. T. White ;
Tugun, 66 miles S.E. of Brisbane, in “Wallum” country ( Banksia
aemula, low shrubs, &c.), grey sandy soil (white sand and humus), C. E.
Hubbard 3894 (flowers) 5-9-1930, distributed from Herbarium, Kew
(Eng.) as Baeckea sp. near densifolia Sm. ; Tugun, sandy land edge of
large peat swamp, not very common, C. T. White 7108 (flowers),

66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

7-9-1930 (slender shrub 0.7-1 m. high, flowers greenish white, very
small); Tugun, G. H. Barker (type, flowers), Sept. 1940. Wide Bay
District: TraVeston, mouth of Burrum River, common in sandy soil in
the “Wallum” country, C. T. White 6333 (old flowers), 6-10-1929
(upright shrub about 1 m. high, flowers white or greenish white) : Noosa,
H. A. Longman • Lake Cootharaba, Jas. Keys 66 (slender shrub, on lake
beach) ; Fraser Island, in fine sand, C. E. Hubbard 4525 (capsules)
15-10-1930; Fraser Island, C. T. White sine no. (flowers), Oct. 1921
(mixed in the .herbarium folder with B. stenophylla F. Muell.).

The present species is undoubtedly very close to B. stenophylla
F. Muell. but I found no difficulty in separating it at sight from the
abundant material of that species in the Queensland Herbarium. It
has also in the past been distributed from the Herbarium, Kew (Eng.)
and Herbarium, Brisbane (Aus.) as B. densifoUa Sm. vel aff. It is a
spring flowering shrub, B. stenophylla F. Muell. a summer one, though
I have seen a few flowers out in August.

The two species can be distinguished as follows : —

Leaves narrow, straight or curved, mostly concave, at least some and
frequently nearly all clustered on short lateral branches; oil
pustules always visible under a lens. Main flowering period
Nov.-Jan. Stamens 8-13 . . . . . . . . . . B. stenophylla.

Leaves straight, flat, rather distantly placed along the stem ( inter -
nodes 2-4 mm. long) ; oil pustules not visible. Flowers in Sept.

Stamens 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . B. linearis.

Baeckea stenophylla F. Muell. Fragm. Phytogr. Aust. i. 12 (1858).

Bentham (FI. Austr. iii. 80) described the stamens of this species
as 5-6 and this was copied by Bailey (Queens. FL ii. 585). When
examining the large series of specimens of this plant in the Queensland
Herbarium I found the stamens to vary from 8-13, 11 being a very
common number. Mueller in his original description says ‘‘Staminibus
10.” The species is very common in the “Wallum” country, south-
eastern Queensland (Moreton and Wide Bay Districts).

Callistemon linearis DC. Prodr. iii. 223 (1828).

North Kennedy District: Milray, south of Pentland, on sandy
sloping banks of Crooked Creek, among low shrubs, S. T. Blake 9979
(flowers and fruits), 21-10-1935 (small irregular shrub up to 8 ft., calyx
and corolla greenish, stamens crimson).

New for Queensland.

I had at first drawn up a description of the present specimens as a
new species and later as a variety of C. rigidus R. Br., but on further
examination of material in the Queensland Herbarium cannot separate
the plant satisfactorily from C. linearis DC. This extends the range of
the species very considerably as it was only previously known from the
Hawkesbury sandstone in New South Wales. It is strange the plant has
not been found in any connecting localities, though C. rigickis R. Br.
comes into Queensland and C. Chisholmi Cheel from Central Queensland
is apparently very closely allied.

Callistemon pachyphyllus Cheel var. viridis Cheel Proc. Linn. Soc.
N.S. Wales 1. 261 (1925).

Moreton District: Caloundra, Miss E. Taylor (type). Wide Bay
District: Ringtail Creek, near Tewantin, C. T. White (flowers), March

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE QUEENSLAND FLORA, NO. 8.

1923 ; mainland opposite southern end of Fraser Island, on sandy swampy
soil, rare, S. F. Kajewski 21 (young fruits), Jan. 1928 (shrub of few
erect stems up to 4 ft. high) ; Fraser Island, Miss Lovell, Jan. 1894,
W. R. Petrie 166, C. T. White 1345 (flowers), Oct. 1921, F. C. Epps
(flowers — main flowering period just passed), Nov. 1922; Traveston,
mouth of the Burrum River, only one plant seen in a “ Wallum” swamp,
C. T. White 6322, 6-10-1929 (upright shrub 1 m. high) ; Wallum, Jas.
Keys (old flowers), Jan. 1904; Tin Can Bay, common in wet places in
“Wallum” flats, C. T. White 12293 (flowers), 12-9-1943 (slender upright
shrub 1-2 m., simple or little branched towards the top, flowers greenish
yellow).

This variety is widely spread but not very common in the Wide
Bay District. It is very variable but on the whole is characterised by
very narrow leaves ; some of those on the Fraser Island specimens measure
up to 13 cm. long and only 3 mm. wide.

Callistemon salignus DC. var. roseus n, var.

Flores rosei.

Port Curtis District: Forest Reserve 20, Maryvale, Yeppoon, E. J,
Richter (flowers), Oct. 1924.

A beautiful pink-flowered variety of this common tree.

Eucalyptus exserta F. Muell. Journ. Linn. Soc. (Lond.) iii. 85
(1859).

E. insulana F. M. Bail, in Queens, Agric. Journ. xvii. 103 (1906).

E. exserta is one of the most widely distributed eucalypts in Queens-
land. In going through our boxes of E. resinifera J. Sm. recently I came
across specimens determined as such from Middle Percy Island collected
by H. Tryon. These were evidently identical with Bailey’s irisulana and
were much better than the specimens from the same collection on which
he founded his species. I have no hesitation in, placing all the material
I have seen under E. exserta F. Muell. which is abundant on the adjacent
mainland.

Leptospermum phylicoideum ( A . Cunn.) Cheel Journ. & Proc.
Roy. Soc. N.S.W. Ixxvi. 231, 1943.

Kunzea peduncularis F. Muell. in Trans, Vic. Instit. 1855, 124 and
in Hook. Kew Journ. viii. 67 (1856).

Darling Downs District: Lyra, W. R. Petrie (old capsules), June
1921; Ballandean National Park, alt. 3,400 ft., in rock crevices, S. T.
Blake, 14136 (flowers), 29-1-1940 (dense showy, crooked-stemmed shrub,
about 6 ft, high, with hard, compact, whitish papery bark, rather green
leaves and white flowers) .

The species was previously recorded by Mueller in his Second Census
for Queensland without definite locality record.

Thryptomene hexandra sp. nov.

Frutex patens, ca. 1 cm. altus, ramulis cicatricibus foliorum delap-
sorum notatis. Folia linearia, apice mucronata, fere plana vel in sicco
supra canaliculata dorso convexa et nigro-punctata, 4-6 mm. longa, 1 mm.
lata. Flores numerosi, 1-3 in axillis foliorum superiorum, pedicellis
1 mm. longis, ad apicem 2-braeteolatis sed bracteolis mox deciduis;
bracteolae lineares, 2 mm. longae calycis tubum aequantes vel leviter

68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

superantes. Calycis tubus anguste urceolaris, profunde 12-costatus ad
apicem ovarii le viter constr ictus. Sepala 6 alba, suborbicularia, 1 mm.
diam. Petala alba suborbicularia 1-5 mm. diam. Stamina 6-8
(plerumque 6 sepali opposita), filamentis brevibus validis; antherarum
loculi globosi, connectivo in glandulam globosam producto. Ovarium
1-loculare ; ovula 2 erecta, placentae brevi basilari intra loculum parvum
ad apicem partis adnatae tubi calycis affixa.

Warrego District : Dynevor Downs, common on dry stony hillsides
and ridges, C. T. White 11871 (type: flowers), 2-4-1941 (shrub 1 m.,
spreading habit, flowers white) ; near Adavale, on a range, Dr. W.
MacGillivray 955 (flowers), 29-8-1923 (beautiful white-flowered shrub).
(These last specimens were distributed from Herb. A. Morris as T.
oligandra F. Muell. var. parviflora F. MuelL)

In its irregular number of stamens the present plant agrees with
some species of Baeckea but has the persistent petaloid sepals and 1-celled
ovary of Thryptomene. The stamens are mostly 6 in number but vary
from 6-8, in the latter case 1 or 2 being opposite a petal. In botanical
sequence the species comes between T. Mitckelliaw\a F. Muell. and T.
Miqueliana F. Muell. but in addition to floral characters differs from both
in the narrow, linear not oblong or obovate leaves.

Family Rubiaceae.

Mitracarpum hirtum (L.) DC. Prodr. iv. 572 (1830).

Cook District: Cairns, II. Flecker (flowers and fruits) 25-6-41,
N.Q. Nat. Club, No. 7582.

A native of tropical South America not previously recorded as a
naturalised alien in Australia. (Det. by L. S. Smith).

Family Compositae.

Calotis inermis Maid & Betche Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales xxvi.,
84 (1901).

Warrego District : Goonamurra near Eulo, on hard red soil flats,
S. L. Everist 1656 (flowers), 20-9-1938 (small erect herb, ray florets
purple) ; Dynevor Downs, on hard dry stony ridges, O. T. White 11827
(flowers), 2-4-1941 (herb, flowers mauve).

The above specimens seem to agree well with the description
published by Maiden and Betche except that I would hardly call the
hairs scale-like, nor would I say the achenes are striate. On this account
specimens were forwarded to the National Herbarium, Botanic Gardens,
Sydney, where they were examined by Miss Melvaine, who reported that
the Queensland plants were entirely conspecific with the only remaining
specimen, from close to the type locality, of Calotis ineirmis in their
Herbarium, the type having been evacuated. Miss Melvaine states that
the achenes certainly do not appear striate, though it is possible that
the mature fruits have that appearance. The description of the hairs,
she says, presumably refers to their flattened character in the collapsed
dried state when they do resemble narrow scales, though they are
apparently narrowly conical when fresh.

Olearia glabra sp. nov. (Sect. Merismotriche) .

Suffrutex glaber, ramosissimus, 0.5 m. altus, ramulis cortice griseo
obtectis, junioribus angularibus. Folia sessilia, anguste linearia, plana,

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE QUEENSLAND FLORA, NO. 8.

apice acuta, basi subobtusa, in sicco leviter rugulosa 1-2 cm. longa,

1- 1*5 mm. lata. Capitulae pedunculatae, pedunculis tenuibus 2-3 cm.
longis. Bracteae involucri anguste lineares, acutae, interioribus 5 mm.
longis, margine seariosae. Involucrum planum. Flosculi radii ca. 12,
tubo corollae 4 mm. longo, ligula, spathulata 2*5 mm. longa; flosculi disci
corollae tubo 3.5 mm., limbo 5-dentato. _ Achaenia (vix matura)
angulata, pubescentia ; pappi setis 8 mm. longis.

Warrego District: Dynevor Downs, C. T. White 11829 (flowers),

2- 4-1941 (intricately branched subshrub, 0.5 m., flowers whitish).

I had provisionally determined the above plant as 0. tenuifolia
Benth. vel aff. but as this species is only known from New South Wales I
sent specimens to Mr. R. H. Anderson, Botanist in Charge of the National
Herbarium, Sydney, and he replied : “ I regret that we have been unable
to reach any very satisfactory conclusion in regard to your specimen of
Olearia species. The only specimen of 0. tenuifolia Benth. in our
herbarium is a small fragment collected by Fraser. So far as can be
judged from such a small piece, this somewhat resembles yours, but
differs in bearing glandular papillae, as described by Bentham, while
yours appears to be smooth and glabrous. Your specimen also somewhat
resembles our material of 0. adenophora F. Muell. but this speices
too is distinctly glandular-pubescent, I have not been able to find any
sheets from New South Wales agreeing exactly with yours from the
Warrego District. ’ ’

Family Epacrxdaceae.

Leucopogon pedicellatus sp. nov.

Frutex erectus, 0-5-1 m. altus, caulibus rigidis in parte superiore
ramosis, ramulis dense foliatis junioribus tomentosis. Folia erecta,
lineari-lanceolata, apice subaeuta valde mucronata sed vix pungentia,
basi subobtusa breviter petiolata, convexa vel raro plana, supra viridia
nitida enervia, subtus glauca striato-nervosa ; lamina 1. 5-2.5 cm. longa,
2-3 mm. lata ; petiolus 1 mm. longus. Flores albi suaveolentes in racemos
5-10-flores in axillis superioribus dispositi, rhaci dense tomentosa,
bracteis scariosis suborbicularibus ciliolatis 1.5 mm. diam., bracteolis
bracteis similibus sed angustioribus, pedicellis tomentosis 2 mm. longis.
Sepala bracteolis similia, late ovata, 2 mm. longa, 1.5 mm. lata. Corolla
4 mm. longa, anguste campanulata, lobis anguste lanceolatis tubo paulo
brevioribus. Stamina prope faucem affixa, antheris oblongis apicibus
sterilibus nullis. Ovarium glabrum, 6-9-loculare, disco hypogyno 0.5
mm. alto 5-lobato, stylo robusto 1 mm. alto. Drupa depresso-globosa
6 mm. diam.

New South Wales. — Byron Bay, very common on sandy land, C. T.
White 10434 (flowers), 24-8-1936 (shrub 2 ft., flowers white, sweetly
scented). Distributed as L. Richei R. Br.

Queensland. — Moreton District : Tugun, 66 miles S.E. of Brisbane,
in “wallum” country ( Banksia aemula and low shrubs), grey, sandy
acid soil (white sand + humus), C. E. Hubbard 3865 (flowers), Sept.
1930 (distributed from Herb. Kew as Leucopopon sp.) ; Tugun, common
in sandy land edge of large peat swamp, C. T. White 7107 (flowers),
Sept. 1930 (upright shrub, 0.5-1 m. high, flowers white, pleasantly
scented) ; Chermside, near Brisbane, on rockjr (quartz) hillslopes, in
open Eucalyptus forest, common and scattered through the forest, C. E.
Hubbard 4047 (flowers), Sept. 1930 (distributed from Herb. Kew, Eng.,

70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

as L. muticus R. Br.) ; Chermside, near Brisbane, common on rocky hills,
C. T. White 6137, Aug. 1928 (upright shrub about 1 m. high, very hand-
some and floriferous, leaves light green above, glaucescent beneath,
flowers white) ; Chermside, near Brisbane, common on rocky hills, C. T.
White 6206 (type: flowers and young fruits), Sept. 1928 (erect shrub,
stems branched towards the top, flowers white, young fruits 9-celled) ;
Caloundra, Dr. F. H. Kenny (flowers), Aug. 1906. Wide Bay District:
Noosa, H. A. Longman (fruits), Oct. 1912; Tin Can Bay, moderately
common on “wallum” flats, C. T. White 12248 (flowers), Sept. 1943
(much-branched shrub, under 1 m., many stems from a common stock,
flowers white) ; mainland opposite Fraser Island, common in sandy soil
— ‘ ‘ wallum ’ ’ country, S. F. KajewsM 10 (sterile), Jan. 1928; Fraser
Island, C. T. White (flowers and young fruits), Oct. 1921 (detd. and
distributed from Herb. Brisb. as L. Kichei R. Br.

In the past this has been mostly confused with L. Kichei R. Br. which
differs in having oblanceolate leaves, sessile flowers, the anthers with
sterile tips and the ovary 5-celled. It has also been determined as
L. muticus R. Br. which differs in the leaves being paler, hardly glacous
beneath, spikes short and at most 5-flowered, flowers sessile and ovary
5-celled. The present species is undoubtedly nearest to L. pleiospemus
F. Muell. which differs, however, in concave not convex leaves, green not
glaucous beneath, and pedicels shorter (not exceeding the bracteoles).
The geographical range of both species is distinct, L. pleiospermus
F. Muell. is an inland, L. pedicellatus C. T. White a costal plant,

Leucopogon recurvisepalus sp. nov.

Frutex 1.5 m. altus rigidus et anguste erectus vel plus vel minus
vagans, ramulis pubescentibus vel paene hirsutis. Folia linearia 0.6-1
cm. longa, utrinque tenuiter pubescent ia deinde glabra, sessilia vel
subsessilia, supra viridia enervosa, subtus pallidiora, paralleli-nervosa
cum 5-7 nervis prominulis, apicem in acumen validum pungentem longum
gradatim angustata, acumine ipso ca. 1 mm. longo. Flores singuli cum
vel sine rudimento, rarissime in spicas 2-3-floras dispositi; bracteis
anguste ovatis aeutis 0.75 mm. longis, bracteolis late ovatis vel fere
orbiculatis ciliatis apice abrupte longe mucronatis, sine mucrone 1,5 mm.
longis 1 mm. latis, mucrone ipsof 1 mm. longo. Sepala lineari-lanceolata
4 mm. longa, margine ciliata, apice in acumen longum gradatim
angustata mox recurva. Corolla 5 mm. longa, lobis tubo longioribus.
Antherae lineares, 1 mm. longae, apicibus sterilibus nullis. Ovarium
5-loculare; discus hypogynus cupuliformis, prominenter 5-dentatus.
Fructus costatus ellipsoideus cum basi brevi sterili 3 mm. longus.

Moreton District: Hills near Plunkett, S. of Brisbane, sandstone
ridge, open Eucalyptus forest, C. E. Hubbard 3798 (type: flowers),
31-8-1930 (distributed from Herb. Kew as L. ericoides R. Br.) ; Plunkett,
C. T. White sine No. (flowers and fruits), Aug. 1923 (determined and
distributed by Herb. Brisbane as L. ericoides R. Br.) ; Plunkett, fairly
common on sandstone ridges, C. T . White 5584 (flowers), 24-2-1929
(shrub 4 ft., of narrow, upright or rather straggling growth).

The present plant is very close to L. ericoides R. Br. though it can
easily be detected at sight. The two species key out as follows : —

Branehlets glabrous or minutely pubescent, bracteoles with a short
blunt point, minutely dentieulate-ciliolate, sepals straight
scarcely 3 mm. long, bluntly acuminate, almost obtuse, margins
minutely dentieulate-ciliolate ; corolla 4 mm. long . . . . L. ericoides .

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE QUEENSLAND FLORA, NO. 8.

BrancMets pubescent, almost hirsute ; bracteoles with a long sharp
point of about 1 mm., prominently ciliate; sepals 4 mm. long,
gradually and lengthily acute, soon recurved, margins ciliate;
corolla 5 mm. long . . . . . . . . . . L. recurvisepala.

Leucopogon rupicolus sp. nov.

Frutex densus, 1.5 m. altus, raimxlis rigidis albo-villosis. Folia
conferta, erecta vel deinde patentia margine valde plerumque ad costain
mediam revoluta utrinque breviter et plus vel minus dense pubescentia,
supra viridia subtus glaucescentia, breviter petiolata, lineari-lanceolata,
apice aeumine pungente 1-2 mm. longo terminata, lamina cum acumine
1-1.4 cm. longa, petiolo vix 1 mm. longo. Flores axillares, solitarii,
subsessiles, bracteis minutis, bracteolis subrotundis 1 mm. diam. ciliolatis.
Sepala ovato-lanceolata, 3 mm. longa. Corolla 7 mm. longa, tubo 4.5 mm.
longo, faucem versus ampliato, lobis angustis 2.5 mm. longis. Antherae
obtusae, lineares, 1 mm. longae^ apicibus sterilibus nullis. Discus hypo-
gynus cupularis, 5-dentatus. Ovarium 1-2-loculare in parte superiore
pilis albis plus vel minus sparsis vestitum. Fructus 6 mm. longus,
ellipsoideus, leviter et irregulariter striato-costatus.

Moreton District: Glasshouse Mts., alt. 1,760 ft., on summit of
mountain, D. A. Goy 63 (flowers and young fruits), Oct. 1935 (small
bushy subshrub, flowers white). Burnett District: Biggenden Bluff, alt.
2,000 ft., in rocky places, hillslopes, C. T. White 7723 (type: flowers and
fruits), Aug. 1931 (shrub 1.5 m. of rather dense growth, flowers white).

The present species is very close to L. margurodes R. Br. but the two
can be distinguished as follows : —

Small tree 2-3 m. in sandy land, leaves glabrous or hairy, 0.7-1 cm.
long, acumen very short, rather blunt; flowers in 3-fld. spikes,
sometimes reduced to 1 flower and rudiment, corolla 4 mm.
long, shorter than the calyx, fruit prominently striate with a
sterile base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . L. margarodes.

Shrub 1-1.5 m. in rocky places, leaves hairy on both sides, 1-1.4 cm.
long, acumen 1-2 mm. long, strong and very pungent; flowers
solitary, corolla 7 mm. long, tube considerably longer than the
calyx, fruit slightly striate without a sterile base . . . . L. rupicolus.

Family Solanaceae.

Solanum discolor R. Br. var. procumbens var. nov.

Planta procumbens, foliis ellipticis vel ovatis.

Darling Downs District : Upper Teviot, Rev. B. Scortechimi (type:
Herb. Melb.). Moreton District: Canungra, in rain-forest, G. T. White ,
May 1917. Wide Bay District : Kin Kin, C. T. White, Jan. 1917.

In the National Herbarium, Melbourne, Scortechini ’s plant bears
a label honouring his name by Mueller. The field label in Scortechini *s
handwriting is as follows: “Solanum discolor ? R. Br., Upper Teviot.
It trails closely to the ground, forming large patches, the calyx is deeply
lobed, the berry is red, characters removing it from 8. discolor.”

In Bentham’s “Flora Austraiiensis” iv. 456 and in Bailey’s
“Queensland Flora” iv. 1082 the berry of 8. discolor R. Br. is described
as greenish white. It is a very common shrub, however, in Queensland
and the berry so far as I have observed is always a bright red when ripe.
The type comes from the Coen River, Cape York Peninsula, so it is more
than likely when examined the southern plant may be found distinct.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

Solanum stelligerum J.E. Sm. var. procumbens var. nov.

Planta decumbens, caulibus radicantibus, ramis ascendentibus 20-30
cm. alt., foliis late ovatis, ellipticis vel, fere oblongis.

Moreton District: Lamington National Park, alt. ca. 1,000 m., in
rain-forest, C. T. White 11889 (type: flowers), 27-11-1942 (prostrate
Solanum, creeping stems rooting freely and here and there sending up
shoots 20-30 cm. high, flowers lilac) ; Numinbah, C. T. White 10232
(flowers), 10-4-1935 (procumbent Solanum common on floor of rain-
forest, rooting here and there at the nodes) ; Currumbin, C. T. White
sine No. (flowers), Sept. 1912 (quite prostrate, almost carpet-like, occa-
sionally half -climbing), head of Little Nerang River, C. T. White sine No.
(flowers), Jan. 1916 (a Solanum creeping near the ground) .

Apart from its prostrate habit the present variety can generally be
told at sight from the normal form by its broad short leaves. After
considerable time spent on, an examination of all our material, however,
I consider it only worthy of varietal rank, especially as a prostrate
variety also occurs of the closely allied S. discolor R. Br.

Family Scrophulariaceae.

Angelonia salicariaefolia Humboldt & Bonpland Plantae
aequinoctiales Yol. 2, p. 92, t. 108.

Cook District : Innisfail, subspontaneous about the town, C. T.
White 11735 (flowers), 7-12-1941 (perennial herb, flowers bluish purple
in the centre, white towards the edges) ; Horn Island, Torres Straits, on
site of old garden, H. J. Tyack Bake (flowers), June 1943.

This plant, a native of Venezuela, is very common in cultivation in
North Queensland and is subspontaneous around many towns. There
is considerable colour range in the flowers from white to dark purplish
blue.

Family Acanthaceae.

Xerothamnella gen. nov.

Calyx in sepalos 5 profunde divisus, sepalis angustis. Corolla
bilabiata. Corollae tubus limbo brevior, rectus ; limbus 2-labiatus, labio
superiore 4-lobato, labio inferiore integro. Stamina 2, filamentis
applanatis, parte libera brevi prope basin loborum labii superioris
affixa; antherarum loculus unus perfectus terminalis, altero ad dentem
parvum redueto ; pollen ellipsoideum, laeve. Staminodia 0. Discus
crassus. Capsula applanata, ellipsoidea basi in stipitem solidum
angustata. Semina 2 vel abortu 1, plano-compressa, tuber culata. Frutex.
Folia integra, parva, Flores solitarii, ad axillas foliorum superiorum
confertorum dispositi. Bracteae 0. Species 1, Australiana.

X. parvifolia sp. nov.

Frutex parvus, vagans, ramosissimus, ramulis pilis appressis dense
obsitis. Folia sessilia, elliptica, crassa, tenuiter pubescentia vel deinde
glabra, 6-8 mm. longa, 2.5-3 mm. lata, costa media subtus elevata, nervis
lateralibus non visibilibus. Flores singuii, ad axillas foliorum con-
fertorum plerumque ad apicem ramulorum brevium lateralium dispositi.
Bracteae 0. Sepala angusta, acuta, 5 mm. longa, 0-75 mm. lata,

pubescentia. Corolla bilabiata, labio superiore 4-lobato, 7 mm. longo
(parte integra 4 mm., lobis 3 mm.), lobis albis basi rubro-punctatis, labio
inferiore integro 6 mm. longo extus albo intus atro-sanguineo, tubo

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE QUEENSLAND FLORA, NO. 8.

labiis breviore, 3 mm. longo. Stamina 2, filamentis applanatis, parte
libera brevi prope basin loborum labii superioris affixa; antherarum
loculus unus perf ectus terminalis, altero ad dentem parvum reducto ;
pollen ellipsoideum laeve. Staminodia 0. Discus crassus. Ovarium
glabrum, stylo pubescenti gracili. Capsula plano-compressa, ellipsoidea,
basi in stipitem solidum angustata, cum, stipite 1 cm. longa, 3 mm. lata,
2-Hsperma vel abortu 1-sperma; semina plana, tuberculata, vix 3 mm,
lata.

Warrego District: Dynevor Downs, rather rare on dry hard stony
hillsides, C. T. White 12052 (type: flowers and capsules), 1-4-1941 (small
straggling intricately branched shrub 1 m. or slightly more high ; upper
lip of corolla 4-lobed, lobes white with a few red spots at the base ; lower
lobe entire, deep blood red inside ; white outside) ; Wittenburra Station,
about 36 m. south of Eulo, growing on hillsides, S. L. Everist & L. S.
Smith 48 (flowers), 7-1-1937 (small shrubby, woody).

In Lindau’s account of the family Acanthaceae in Engler & Prantl’s
Pflanzenfamilien (Vol. IV, pt. 36) Xerot'hamnella would come into the
section IV. B.13 Acanthoideae — lmbricatae — Pseuderanthemeae with
affinities to P sender anthemum Radik, which differs in possessing a long
slender corolla tube with a spreading almost equally 5-lobed limb. The
most characteristic feature of the new genus is the 2-lipped corolla limb,
the upper segment 4-lobed, the lower entire. In the field the difference
in colour of the two lips is most striking.

Family Myoporaceae.

Eremophila tetraptera sp. nov. (PL III).

Frutex glaber, ramulis robustis, partibus novellis viscidulis. Folia
lineari-lanceolata, 4-5-5 cm. longa, 4-7 mm. lata, in sicco rugulosa, in
vivo probabiliter carnosula, nervis et venis invisibilibus, apice subobtusa,
basi in petiolum brevem gradatim attenuata. Flores atro-rubri singuli
in axillis foliorum superiorum ; pedunculi graciles, apicem versus
incrassati et obscure angulati, ea. 1-5 cm. longi. Calyx basin usque
fissus, segmenta linearia, in sicco rugulosa, in alabastro basi imbricata,
in flore adulto patentia, 5 mm. longa. Corolla basi angusta abrupte
ampliata, leviter curvata vel fere recta, 3 cm. longa, bilabiata, sed lobis
subaequalibus ; os 1-5 cm. diam. ; lobi subrotundi, intus brevissime et
tenuiter tomentosi. Stamina exserta ; filamenta glabra juxta basin tubi
inserta, antherarnm loculi divergentes. Ovarium glabrum, 4-angulatum,
deinde 4-alatum, stylus gracilis, flexuosus, satis longus, post anthesin
diu persistens, Fructus siccus, profunde 4—alatus, 1-2 cm. longus, 1 cm.
latus.

Gregory North District : Old Cork and between Diamantina Gates
and Springvale, L. G. Walker (flower-buds and old capsules), Feb. 1942.

The prominently winged Dodonaea-like fruits are very characteristic.
The only other Eremophila . described with winged fruits is E. pterocarpa
W. Y. Fitzg. from West Australia but from the description this seems
a totally different plant.

Family Labiatae.

Microcorys queenslandica sp. nov.

Frutex 2 m. altus, erectus, virgatus, ramulis glabris subquadrangulis
internodiis plus vel minus profunde 2-sulcatis. Folia opposita glabra,
sessilia, anguste linearia, supra concava, apice acuta (vix mucronata).

74 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

1.5-2 cm. longa, 1 mm. lata. Pedicelli glabri axillares, 1 mm. longi,
prope apicem bracteati; bracteis 0-5-0-75 mm. longis, minute ciliolatis.
Calyx nitidus, prominenter 5-dentatus, glaber; tubo 10-costato, 3 mm.
longo, dentibus acutis triangularibus vix 1 mm. longis. Corolla extus
pubeseens, 7 mm. longa, exserta, tubo cylindrico superne in faucem
campanulatum dilatato, limbo 2-labiato, postico concavo emarginato
antico 3-lobato breviore. Stamina perfecta 2, postica; antheris dimidi-
atim 1-locularibus, connectivo elongato antice in appendicem dilatatum
barbatumque productum; staminodia 2 antica, staminibus aequilonga,
antheris ad connectivum parvum in ramos 2 breves productis. Nuculae
reticulatae.

Mitchell District: Enniskillen, common in rocky sandstone hills,
C. T. White 12403 (flowers) , 13th Nov., 1943 (shrub 2 m. twiggy upright
growth; flowers white, sometimes with a faint purplish tinge).

The genus was previously thought to be confined to West Australia.
It comes into the section Hemigemoides and has closest affinity to M.
temdfolia Benth. which differs in the branches being hoary or white with
minute appressed hairs, the flowers larger and the calyx clother with a
minute hoary pubescence.

Frost anther a lepidota sp. nov.

Frutex expansus, ramosus, 2 m. altus, odore gratissimo, ramulis
rigidis sparse pilosis plus vel minus dense lepidotis. Folia conferta,
utrinque densissime glanduloso-lepidota, anguste obovata, crassiuscula,
enervia, apice obtusiuseula, basi in petiolum brevem gradatim angustata,
integerrima, plana vel leviter concava vel petiolum versus plus minusve
involuta ; petioli 1-2 mm. longi ; laminae 0.8-1. 4 cm. longae, 3-4 mm.
latae. Flores singuli in axillis foliorum superiorum ramorum brevium
lateralium ; pedicellus 2-3 mm. longus, albo-villosus et, papillosus, prope
basin bracteis 2 minutis praeditus. Calyx papilloso-glandulosus, 8 mm.
longus, bilabiatus, tubo basin versus leviter costato, labiis obtusis fere
aequilongis. Corolla 2-5 cm. longa, pilis albis plus vel minus sparsis
obsita, labio postico concavo antico multo breviore!. Stamina 4 ; antherae
2-loculares, loculis leviter divergentibus, connectivo parvo in
appendiculam non productivo. Nuculae (immaturae) rugulosae.

Mitchell District : Enniskillen, common in rocky sandstone hills, C. T.
White 12404 (flowers), 13th Nov., 1943 (shrub 2 m., spreading branching
habit, flowers at first greenish yellow or cream, later a peculiar bluish
green (olivaceous or almost cupreous) with a tinge of purple).

In Bentham ’s arrangement in the ‘ ‘ Flora Australiensis ’ ’ this species
comes into Section Euprostawithem, Series Sutibconcavae, with closest
affinities probably to P. lith^spermoides F. Muell. which differs in the
young shoots being silky, the leaves 2-5 cm. long, calyx smaller 5 mm. long
and anthers with one appendage about twice as long as the cell.

Family Amaranthaceae.

Ptilotus leucocoma ( Moq .) F. Muell. Census Aus. Plants (First

Edition) 29 (1882).

Warrego District: Near Adavale (only one plant seen), Dr.
MacGillivray (ex herb. A. Morris No. 944) ; Cunnamulla, C. B.
Christesen (flowers), Sept. 1932; Charleville, E. W. Bick (flowers),
Dec. 1916; Wallal, common on sand plains, C. T. White 12026 (flowers),
26-3-1941 (annual; flowers lavender).

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE QUEENSLAND FLORA, NO. 8.

Several of the above specimens had been distributed previously as
Trichinium calostachyum F. Muell. but the scale-like teeth between the
Stamens characteristic of that species are missing in the specimens
quoted above. The type gathering is not available to me and the descrip-
tion in the '‘Flora Australiensis” v. 238 “dorsal hairs not so dense nor
so long as in most species” I hardly think applies. Our specimens agree,
however, with material from north-west New South Wales distributed
by the National Herbarium, Sydney. According to J. M. Black, “Flora
of South Australia,” 213, the species occurs in New South Wales but has
not been collected in South Australia since the original gathering was
made in that State.

Family Chenopodiaceae.

Bassia bicornis {Lindt.) F. Muell. var. horrida n. comb.

Sclerolaena bicornis Lindl. var. horrida Domin Bibl. Bot, Heft. 89,
Teil 1, 69 (623) (1921).

Sclerolaena horrida Domin, l.c. (in obs,).

This plant is very common in Western Queensland, where along
with the normal form it is popularly known as Goat Head. It is one
of the most objectionable burr plants of the interior. Domin has sug-
gested it might be worthy of specific rank and this was my impression
for some time, but on close examination I cannot find any substantial
differences other than the size of the fruiting perianth and the length
of the spines. In the normal form the fruiting perianth averages 1 cm.
across and the spines 1 inch long ; in var. horrida the fruiting perianth
averages 5 mm. across and the spines 5 mm. long.

The variety is represented in the Queensland Herbarium by the
following specimens : —

Maranoa District: St, George, T. W. Gillham- Noondoo Station, via
Dirranbandi, 8. L. Everist 756 (fruits), 14-12-1934 (woody subshrub) ;
Muckadilla, D. Grieve ; Mungalalla, alt. 1,390 ft., in railway enclosure
amongst grass in brown stony soil, C. E. Hubbard and C. W. Winders
6077 (fruits), 1-1-1931 (herb with woody rootstock, grey leaves).
Warrego District : Near Wyandra, common on claypans, G. T. White
11701 (fruits), 26-3-1941. Mitchell District: Northampton Downs, east
of Blackall, 8. L. Everist 1308 (fruits), 27-8-1935 (intricately branched
subshrub on light soil, leaves light green or glaucous cottony) ; Malvern
Hills, 22 miles west of Blackall, S. L. Everist 2139 (fruits), 28-6-1940
(subshrub, common on brown clay soils, particularly in areas devoid of
grass) ; Longreach (very prevalent in the district), T. J. Costello (fruits),
12-7-1934 ; Longreach, downs country on more or less stony light, yellow-
ish brown clay loam, S. T. Blake 6600 (fruits), 3-7-1934 (tufted, rather
bushy, 1-1 J ft. high, glaucous); Arrilalah, S. T. Blake 6642 (fruits),
4-7-1934 (more or less bushy light dull green annual) ; Isisford 8. T.
Blake 6665 (fruits), 6-7-1934 (tufted, stems suberect, leaves more or less
glaucous). Leichhardt District: Clermont, F. J. Graham (fruits),
17-12-1934.

Bassia decurrens J. M. Black, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. xlvi 567
(1922).

Warrego District: Dynevor Downs, C. T. White 11703, 2-4-1941.
Gregory South District : Nockatunga Station, approx. 27 deg. 40 min. S.
143 deg. E., on claypans, S. T. Blake 11811, 26-6-1936 (somewhat spread-
ing, green, about 6 in. high) ; Nockatunga Station, approx. 27 deg. 40

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

min. S. 142 deg. 50 min. E., between channels of Wilson River, on loamy
sand “clay-pans,” among other chenopods, ca. 300 ft., 27-6-1936, S. T.
Blake 11838 (tufted, nearly prostrate green undershrub) and 8. T. Blake
11835 (straggling undershrub, the stems ascending to 9 in., the leaves
dull light green — specimens less mature than 11838) ; on Tanbar, S.W.
of Canterbury, on silt beds, S. T. Blake 12138, 15-7-1936 (tufted bushy
dull green annual of ca. 6 in.) ; Birdsville, in drift sand between sand-
hills, 8. T. Blake 12250, 19-7-1936 (bushy somewhat spreading
subglaucous annual of ca. 6 in.).

Not previously recorded for Queensland.

Bassia ramulosa sp. nov.

Suffrutex ramosissimus, ramis hirsutis costatis deinde sublignosis.
Folia lineari-lanceolata, pilis longis plus vel minus dense obsita, in sicco
le viter longitudinaliter rugulosa, 5-6 mm . longa. Flores solitarii.
Perianthium fructiferum persistens, subglobosum, depressum, hirsutum,
2.5 mm. diam., spinis 4 vel raro 5, quarum una brevis et bifida, hori-
zontaliter patentibus reetis 2-3 mm. longis. Utriculus oblique verticals.

South Kennedy District : Banchory, 42 miles W. of Clermont,
Bassingthwaite and Cole 6 (fruits in various stages), Oct.-Nov., 1935.

In Anderson’s key (Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. xlviii. 231-235) the
present species would be placed nearest to B. Dmmmondii (Benth.)
F. Muell. The distinctions are as follows : —

Fruiting perianth with 3-4 spines, 2 of which are more or less

equal, the others smaller . . . . . . . . . . B. Drummondii

(Benth.) F. Muell.

Fruiting perianth with 4 or 5 spines, one of which is shorter and

bifid . . . . • • • • • . • • . . . . B. ramulosa

C. T. White.

Bassia tetracuspis sp. nov. (Sect. Anisacantha) .

Suffrutex glaber, caule decumbens, ramis adscendentibus sublignosis
valde costatis. Folia linearia, crassiuscula 0.7-1 cm. longa, in sicco ca.
1 mm. lata. Flores solitarii. Perianthium fructiferum persistens,
depresso-oblongum, 1-2 mm. diam.; spinis 4, subaequalibus 3-8 mm.
longis reetis divergentibus. Utriculus horizontalis vel leviter obliquus.

Darling Downs, District : The Oaks, 20 miles S.W. of Tara, common
on grey clay soil, following ring-barking of Brigalow {Acacia harpo-
phylla), S. L. Everist 1738 (type: fruits), 13-3-1939 (intricately
branched subshrub, relished by sheep, local name “Bindy-eye”) ; Hanna-
ford, common in cleared Brigalow {Acacia harpophylla) country, C. T.
White 11305 (fruits), 8-2-1938 (generally regarded by local graziers as
a useful fodder for sheep ; local names ‘ ‘ Tara Lucerne, ” “ Prickly Salt-
bush,” and “Bindy-eye”). Wyaga, near Goondiwindi, C. T. While,
Sept, 1919 ; Surat, T. S. Leonard , 24-2-1927 ; Kindon, about 54 miles
N.N.E. of Goondiwindi, common where there has been heavy stocking
around troughs, L. 8. Smith 599 (fruits), 7-12-1938 ; Chinchilla, J. Mann,
12-2-1922; Palardo, on land which has been cleared of prickly-pear
{Opuntia inermis) by C act oblast is (Comm. Director of Agriculture),
26-2-1930; Palardo, alt. 1,100 ft., Brigalow-Beelah country, very common,
8. T. Blake 5863 (fruits), 9-5-1934 (tufted, more or less prostrate, green ;
local name “Bindie”). Maranoa District: Mount Abundance, Story
(local name — Dog Burr). Port Curtis District: Gogango, Cole .
Warrego District: Morven, alt. 1,400 ft., Acacia forest on dull brown

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE QUEENSLAND FLORA, NO. 8. 77

silty clay, 8. T. Blake 5674 (fruits), 1-5-1934 (tufted, decumbent,
scarcely glaucous).. Leichhardt District : Wandoan, in Brigalow country
on heavy clay soil, C. E. Hubbard 5041 (fruits), 17-18-11-1930 (plants
spreading over the ground, with glaucous-green leaves. Distributed ex
Herb. Kew as Bassia divaricata (R. Br.) F. Muell.).

A very distinctive species so far as observed confined to cleared
Brigalow (Acacia harpophyUa) scrub country where it is very common.
It is distinguished from its near allies by its decumbent habit and con-
stantly four nearly equal spines of the fruiting perianth. Its closest
affinities lie with B. tricuspis (F. Muell.) Anders, and it seems more
distinct from that species than does B. longicuspis F. Muell. Both these
are common in Queensland but most of our material of the latter is
scarcely typical and is hardly separable from B. tricuspis! (F. Muell.)
Anders. Anderson in his monograph has remarked on this point, when
referring to a Queensland specimen. In Anderson’s key the new
species proposed could be placed as follows : —

Fruiting perianth attached by a broad distended base. Spines

3, more or less equal. Limb erect . . . . . . . . B. tricuspis

(F. Muell.) Anders.

Base of fruiting perianth not distended. Spines 4, more or less

equal. Limb erect . . . . . . . . . . . . B. tetracuspis

C. T. White.

Bassia All. Sectio Trachycarpus sect. nov.

Perianthium fructiferum biloculatum, loculo superiore minore,
semine impleto, loculo inferiore vacuo; tubus irregulariter 10-costatus,
costis 5 in spinas compresso-angulatas productis, costis alternantibus
minoribus in dentes minutos productis.

Bassia Walkeri sp. nov. (Pl. IY).

Suffrutex, ramis tomento lanoso dense obtectis, deinde glabre-
scentibus. Folia linear ia, crassiuscula, in juventute pilis longis albis
sparsis obsita, 5-6 mm. longa, in sicco ca. 0.75 mm. lata. Flores solitarii ;
perianthium floriferum subdisciforme, lanuginosum. Perianthium
fructiferum depresso-globosum coriaceum, 2.5 mm. diam., biloculatum,
loculo superiore minore utriculo impleto, loculo inferiore vacuo ; tubus
10-angulatus, angulis vel costis alternantibus minoribus, costis majoribus
in processus (vel spinas) compresso-angulatos, plerumque furcatos, ca.
1 mm. altos productis. Utriculus horizontalis.

Gregory North District : Diamantina-Mackunda Creek Channels, on
flats associated with Soda Bush (Tkrelkeldia pfoceriflora) , L. G. Walker
(flowers), July 1941 (fruits; type), Feb. 1942.

I have failed to place this in any of the sections of Bassiai proposed
by Anderson in his key to Australian members of the genus Bassia (Proc.
Linn. Soc. N.S.W. Yol. xlviii., pp. 321-325). The position of the new
section in Anderson ’s arrangement is as follows : —

3A. Flower clusters solitary, the fruiting perianths not connate.

5. Spines broadly flattened, forming horizontal appendages Section V.

Platyacantha.

5a. Spines not flattened, acicular Section III.

Anisacantha.

5b. Spines compressed-angular, erect, mostly furcate or

lobed at the top . . . . . , . . . . . . Section IIIA.

Trachycarpus.

78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

In Ulbrich’s account of the Chenopodiaeeae (Pflanzenf. ed. II 16c.
1934) I should say B. Walkeri would come under his genus Austrobassia
(Sect. V entricosae) .

In the horizontal utricle and seed, large cavernous base of (the
fruiting perianth and irregular upright spines, Bassia WaXkeri seems to
come closest to B. anisacanthoides (F. Muell) Anders, but it is very
distinct from that species. Ulbrich Lc. follows Domin in retaining this
latter species under Coilocarpus F. Muell. ex Domin but does not recog-
nise that Anderson, after an examination of the types, united Bassia
brevicuspis F. Muell. with Echinopsila anisacanthoides F. Muell. The
full synonymy of this species is therefore as follows : —

Bassia amsacanthaides R. E. Anderson Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.
xlviii. 330 (1923).

Echinopsila anisacanthoides F. Muell, Trans. Phil. Instit. Vic. ii.
76 (1858) (oldest name).

Sclerolaena anisacanthoides Domin Bibl. Bot. Bd. xxi. Heft 89,
Teil 1, 624 (1921).

Anisacantha brevicuspis F. Muell. Fragm. iv. 150 (1864),

Kentropsis brevicuspis F. Muell. l.c.

Threlkeldia brevicuspis F. Muell. ex Benth. F. Austr. v. 198 (1870).

Bassia brevicuspis F. Muell. First Census 30 (1882), and Icon.
Austr. Salsol. PI. Plate lxvii. (1889).

Coilocarpus brevicuspis Domin Bibl. Bot. Bd. xxi., Heft 89, Teil 1,
625 (1921).

Distribution. — Queensland and New South Wales. Very widely
spread and common especially in the former State where it is popularly
known along with B. echinopsila F. Muell. as Red Burr.

Family Monimiaceae.

Steganthera austr aliana sp. nov.

Arbor parva, ramulis subteretibus glabris. Folia opposita, petio-
lata; petiolus ca. 5 mm. longus; lamina glabra, lanceolata 9-12 cm.
longa, 2.5-4 cm. lata, apice gradatim acuminata, basi cuneata, chartacea,
integra vel in parte superiore distanter dentata vel margine in sicco
undulata et semi-dentata, nervis venisque supra parum conspicuis, subtus
subprominentibus, venis laxe reticulatis, nervis praecipuis 6-8 in utroque
latere in venam intramarginalem prominulam 3-5 mm. a margine con-
fluentibus. Flores masculi in cymas paueifloras (semper 3-floras in
speciminibus nostris) laterales dispositi, pedunculis pedicellisque pilis
brunneis longis obsitis, pedunculo ca. 1 cm. longo, pedicellis 1.5-2 mm.
longis; flores (alabastri ?) depresse globosi, 3 mm. diam., pubescentes.
Stamina 4, fllamentis applanatis, dense hirsutis, antheris 0.5 mm. latis.
Flores foeminei et fructi ignoti.

Cook District : Garradunga, common in rain-forest, C. T. White
11738 (flowers), 5-12-1941 (small tree, flowers cream).

The genus previously contained seventeen described species all but,
one of which, in the Celebes, were found in New Guinea. Among pre-
viously described species the Australian plant seems to come closest to
S. Schlechteri Perk, and the two can be distinguished as follows : —

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE QUEENSLAND FLORA, NO. 8. 79

Leaves oblong or ovate-oblong, 9-13 cm. long, 3.75-5.75 cm. broad,

toothed in upper part . . . . . • • • • • • • Schlechteri.

Leaves lanceolate, 9-12 cm. long, 2.5-4 cm. broad, entire, undulate or

with a few distant teeth in the upper part . . . • . • S. australiana.

Family Proteaceae.

Grevillea albiflora sp. nov.

Frutex 2-5 m. altus, ramulis robustis subrigidis dense sericeis.
Folia 12-18 cm. longa, profunde pinnatifida, segmentis 5-7 angustissime
linearibus, infimis saepe bilobis, 8-12 cm. longis, 1.5 mm. latis, apice
leviter pungentibus, utrinque sericeis supra deinde glabris, subtus
2-sulcatis. Racemi in paniculos terminales dispositi, 10-14 cm. longi,
ramis et pedicellis lanuginosis, pedicellis robustis 5-6 mm. longis. Petala
extus dense sericea intus glabra, 7 mm. longa. Torus rectus. Ovarium
dense sericeum manifeste stipitatum, stipite 1-5 mm. longo, stylo glabro,
stigma obliquo. Folliculus extus tomentoso-sericeus, 2 cm. longus, 1.5
cm. latus.

Warrego District: Gilruth Plains, E. of Cunnamulla, on sandridge
with Callitris, Triodia , &c., 8. T. Blake 14065 (flowers and old capsules),
20-5-1939 (irregular hoary shrub 6-15> ft. ; flowers white).

According to the arrangement by Bentham in the ‘ 1 Flora Australien-
sis” the present species comes in the Section Emgrevillea but fits into
neither series as outlined by him for the ovary is both densely villous
and stipitate. The series Hebegynae could be emended to include it when
it would come very close to G. eriostachya Lindl. but the two species
can be distinguished as follows: —

Leaves simply pinnately divided (rarely undivided). Flowers sub-

sessile, ovary sessile. Native of West Australia . . . . G. eriostachya.

Leaves pinnately divided, lowest segments often again divided.

Flowers on pedicels of 5-6 mm. Ovary distinctly stipitate

(stipes 1.5 mm.). Native of South-west Queensland .. .. G. albiflora.

Hakea collina sp. nov.

Frutex dense et contorte ramosus, ramulis robustis rigidis
juvenilibus dense vel tenuiter appressee hirsutis. Folia teretia
pungentia, 2-4 cm. longa, ca. 2 mm. diam. Flores parvi, in fasciculos
axillares dispositi. Pedicelli graciles, 4 mm. longi, appresse et plus vel
minus tenuiter pubescentes. Petala extus pilis longis albis sericeis
adpressis vestita, 5 mm. longa. Torus rectus; glandula magna camea
unilateralis patelliformis. Ovarium glabrum perbreviter stipitatum,
stylo elongato, glabro, stigmate obliquo fere piano sed in medio apiculo
parvo instnucto. Folliculus (in specimine nostro imperfectus) laevis,
ca. 2 cm. longus, 7 mm. latus, basi angustatus curvatus.

Warrego District : Dynevor Downs, E. of Thargomindah, on sand-
stone tableland, in open stunted Acacia scrub, alt. 600-700 ft., S. T. Blake
14088 (type: flowers), 22-5-1939 (irregular, gnarled, more or less intric-
ately branched shrub of ca. 3-4 ft. ; leaves dull) green, perianth whitish,
style reddish) ; near Eromanga, on rugged sandstone hills, alt. about
1,000 ft., 8. T. Blake 11893 (flowers and old capsules), 1-7-1936 (rather
dense, intricate shrub ca. 3 ft. high; leaves dull olive green or dull
subglaucous ; perianth cream, style red) ; Quilpie, A. K. Shield (flowers),
Dec. 1933.

In Bentham ’s arrangement in the “ Flora Australiensis ” the
present species would come in the Section Euhakea series Pubiflorae and

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

would come between H. rugosa R. Br. and H. epiglottis Labill. The
present species would key out as follows : —

Fruit rugose, stigmatic disk with a central cone.

Fruit above 1 inch long, f inch broad . . . . . . . . H. rostrata.

Fruit inch long, under \ inch broad . . . . . . E. rugosa.

Fruit smooth or slightly rugose, stigmatic disk flat or with a minute

central apieulum.

Leaves 4-7.5 cm. long, 1 mm. diam. Native of Tasmania . . E. epiglottis.

Leaves 2-4 cm. long, 2 mm. diam. Native of South-west

Queensland . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H. collina .

Hakea intermedia Ewart and Davies FI. North. Terr. 86, tab. 10
(1917).

Gregory South District : Mount Howitt Station, about 80 miles W.
of Eromanga, in drifted sand at and near the base of sandhills, S. T.
Blake 11935 (flower buds, a few older flowers and old fruits), 4-7-1936
(irregular small tree up to 20 ft., with very thick dark grey deeply
furrowed corky bark; flowers dull yellow, scented) ; Tanbar Station,
S.W. of Canterbury, on sand-plain among Triodia Basedowii, S. T. Blake
12142 (flowers), 15-7-1936 (narrow, rather irregular shrub or small
tree, up to 15 ft., with dark grey rather rugged bark; leaves dull
subglaucous; flowers dirty yellow).

Specimen No. 11935 bears mostly young buds rather badly insect-
eaten but they have the oblique gland of H. intermedia Ewart and
Davies. It consists of two sheets taken from separate trees; a sterile
vigorous shoot has leaves up to 20 cm. long. No. 12142 has leaves mostly
about 5 cm. long, racemes up to 12 cm. long and large flowers on pedicles
up to 1 cm. long, the flowers are badly insect eaten, especially the
stigmatic tops of the pistils but one or two in better preservation show
the peculiar stigmatic top of H. intermedia Ewart and Davies described
by the authors.

Helicia Bauerlenii sp. nov.

Arbor parva, 6-10 m. alta, ramulis robustis junioribus dense
ferrugineo-pubescentibus, Folia perbreviter petiolata, serrulata,
lanceolata, apice acuta, basin versus leviter angustata sed basi ipsa
obtusa, utrinque valde reticulata, supra glabra, costa media excepta ;
costa media impressa plus vel minus dense ferrugineo-floccosa ; venis et
venulis elevatis ; subtus f errugineo-pubeseentia, costa media et nervis
praecipuis valde elevatis ; petiolo 2-2*3 mm. longo; lamina 12-18 cm.
longa, 3-4 cm. lata. Racemi densiflori, 5-8 cm. longi; rhachi pedicellis
petalisque densissime ferrugineo-pubescentibus; pedicellis bifloris, 1.5-2
cm. longis. Petala 5 mm. longa; antherae 2 mm. longae. Pistillum 4.5
mm. longum; ovario dense ferrugineo-hirsqto ; stylo in parte inferiori
pilis paucis longis vestito ; stigmate clavato, glabro. Fructus ellipsoideus,
1.3 cm. longus, 1 cm. diam.

New South Wales. — Uralba, W. Bauerlen 629 (type: flowering
specimens), Nov. 1891 (small tree 20-30 ft. high, 3-6 in. diam.) ; several
sheets in Herbarium Technological Museum, Sydney, labelled H.
ferruginea F.v.M. ? ; Chillingham, Upper Tweed River ; Mullumbimby,
W. Bauerlen (flower-buds), Sept. 1895; Murwillumbah, W. Bauerlen
(flowering specimens), Nov. 1892 — all in Herbarium, Technological
Museum, Sydney ; Chillingham, Upper Tweed River, J . Dixon — in
Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane.

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE QUEENSLAND FLORA, NO. 8.

Queensland. — Moreton District : Springbrook, only one plant seen
as secondary growth, C. T . White 6275 (leaves only), 21-9-1929 (shrub
8 ft.) ; Lamington National Park, H. Gresty (flower-buds), Jan. 1941;
Lamington National Park, alt. about 3,000 ft., in rain-forest, only a few
trees seen, C. T. White 11874 (leaves only), 26-11-1942 (tree 30 ft, high,
spreading top, conspicuous on account of the large leaves, brown hairy
beneath).

This new species is closely allied to H. f erruginea F. Muell. and was
labelled as such in the herbarium of the Technological Museum, Sydney,
and Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane. The two species are closely allied
but can readily be told at a glance by a number of small though constant
distinctions. In geographical range they are nearly 1,000 miles apart.
They can be distinguished as follows: —

Leaves 7-16 cm. long, 3-6 cm. broad, 2 rarely up to 3^ times longer
than broad, mainly drying a dark green, sometimes in parts -with
a slightly yellowish tinge, scarcely reticulate above, secondary
and tertiary veins depressed or very slightly raised on the upper
surface. Flower-buds slender, 1 mm. diam. in the upper part.

Tropical species . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H. f erruginea.

Leaves 12-26 cm. long, 3-7.5 cm. broad, 31-5 times longer than broad,
drying a bright yellow, with a faint tinge of green, prominently
reticulate above, secondary and tertiary nerves prominently
raised. Flower-buds stout, 2 mm. diam. in the upper part.

Extra-tropical (temperate or at most subtropical) species . . H. Bauerlenii.

Helicia glabrescens sp. nov.

Arbor parva, partibus novellis ferrugineo-pubescentibus, ramulis
robustis mox glabris. Folia utrinque glabra vel subtus costa media pilis
rufis paucis obsita, late lanceolata, 10-16 cm. longa, 4-7 cm. lata, apice
obtuse acuminata, basi in petiolum brevem incrassatum gradatim
angustata, margine dentata plerumque plus vel minus undulata raro fere
integra, nervis praecipuis ca. 8 in utroque latere, nervis venulisque subtus
prominentibus supra in sicco prominulis. Racemi axillares 7-12 cm.
Jongi, rhachi glabra vel pilis ferrugineis tenuiter vel subdense obsita,
pedicellis 1.5 mm. longis, unifloris binatim dispositis, tenuiter vel raro
subdense ferrugineo-pubescentibus. Perianthium 1-1.2 cm. longum,
segmentis glabris. Disci squamae 4 liberae, ovarium aequantes. Ovarium
dense hirsutum, stylo glabro, stigmate cylindrico, 2 mm. longo. Fructus
ellipsoideus, 1.3 cm. longus, 0.7 cm. diam.

Cook District: Barron River, E. Cowley 74B (type: flowers), Sept.
1892 (large shrub) ; near Cairns, in rain-forest on banks! of Pine Creek,

S. T. Blake 12415 (flowers), 2-8-1936 (tree 30 ft. with a dense crown
of rich light green leaves which are paler beneath ; buds reddish towards
the base, cream in upper part, perianth white inside) ; Freshwater Creek,
near Cairns, F. M. Bailey ; Mount Spurgeon, in rain-forest, C. T. White
10643 (old flowers), Sept. 1936 (small tree. Distributed as Helicia
f erruginea (a form with glabrous leaves and larger flowers)) ; Julatten,

T. Carr (young fruits), Oct. 1936; Malanda, R . F. Martin (fruits),
30-1-1923 ; Atherton Tableland, rain-forest on rich alluvial soil, R. F.
Martin 26 (tree up to 4 ft. girth, very tough and sound).

The present species is very closely allied to H. f erruginea F. Muell.
and several of the sheets quoted above were labelled in the Queensland
Herbarium as a glabrescent form of that species. It is probably the
plant referred to by F. Mueller (Vic. Nat. Vol. 2, p. 75) as a form of
H. f erruginea with almost sessile leaves and glabrous flowers. Several

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

specimens had been labelled in the Queensland Herbarium as H. austral-
asica F. Muell., a native of the Northern Territory. This species is
known to me only from the description in the “Flora Australiensis”
(Vol. 5, p. 405), which might however fit several species of the genus.
From the locality records given it is very unlikely it is identical with
H. glabrescens.

The differences between H. ferruginea F. Muell. and H. glabrescens
C. T. White can be set out as follows: —

Leaves always prominently toothed, ferrugineous-pubescent under-
neath on the midrib, secondary and tertiary veins, the hairs
sometimes almost disappearing from the two latter but never
totally absent from the midrib, base commonly subobtuse,
petiole without any prominent pulvinus. Perianth not exceeding
5-6 mm., densely ferrugineous-pubescent . . . . E. ferruginea.

Leaves toothed or almost entire, quite glabrous on both sides in the
adult stage, base euneate, tapering into a short petiole with a
rather prominent pulvinus. Perianth 1-1.2 cm. glabrous . . H. glabrescens.

Family Thymelaeaceae.

Pimelea penicillaris F. Muell. in Melbourne Chemist and Druggist
(October, 1883).

P. dioica C. T. White. Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. xlvii, 29 (1936).

New South Wales. — Near Gwydir, T. W. Shepherd-, Thurulgoona,
Warrego River, L. Henry, Sept. 1884, both in National Herbarium,
Melbourne.

Queensland. — Darling Downs District : Near Goondiwindi, W.
Dixon (Queensland Herbarium, Brisbane).

I am indebted to Mr. A. W. Jessep, Director and Government
Botanist, Melbourne Botanic Gardens and National Herbarium, for part
of the type and fragment from another collection of P. penicillaris F.
Muell. Mueller’s plant was described from female, mine from male
specimens and I should say represent the one species.

Family Euphorbiaceae.

deist an thus densiflorus sp. nov. (Sect. Aust rales).

Arbor, ramulis robustis junioribus ferrugineo-pubescentibus adultis
glabris cortice griseo, crasso obtectis. Folia lanceolata, utrinque viridia
sed subtus pallidiora, glabra, reticulata, apicem versus angustata sed
apice ipso subobtusa, basin versus in petiolum crassum brevem angustata ;
lamina 5-9 cm. longa, 1-2 cm. lata; petiolus 2 mm. longus. Flores in
fasciculos densifloros sessiles axillares dispositi ; bracteae dense hirsutae.
Flos masc. : — Calyx glaber, 3 mm. longus, profunde 5-lobatus. Petala 5,
squamiformia spathulata. Stamina 5, columna filamentis longiora. Flos
foem. : — Calyx (sub fructu immaturo) 6-lobatus, lobis inaequalibus (3
magnis et 3 parvis alternantibus) . Fructus sessilis trilocularis glaber.

Cook District: Bloomfield River, Rev. W. Poland (flowers and
immature fruits), Nov. 1902.

In the absence of seeds for examination it is not quite certain
whether the present species belongs to the section Australes Jabl. or
section Nanopetalum (Hussk). Pax. The latter contains no Australian

Proc. Roy. Soc. Q’land, Yol. LV.; No. 5.

Plate III.

Eremopliila tetraptera sp. nov. Leafy slioot and detached fruits (all nat. size).

Proc. Boy. Soc. Q’land, Yol. LVv No. 5.

Plate IV.

Bassia TVallccri sp. nov. Fruiting branch (nat. size) and fruiting perianths
view from above and from the side (X 8),

Contributions To the Queensland flora, no. 8. 88

species. C. densiflorus is most closely allied to C. Dallachyanus (Baill.)
Benth. and the two can be distinguished as follows : —

Leaves ovate, glossy green above, 5-8 cm. long, 2-3.5 cm. wide.

Flowers in clusters on more or less leafless branches . . . . C. Dallachyanus.

Leaves lanceolate, dull on both surfaces, 5-9 cm. long, 1-2 cm.

broad. Flower clusters axillary on leafy twigs . . . . C. densiflorus.

Macaranga multiflora sp. nov.

Arbor parva, partibus novellis dense pubescentibus. Folia petiolata,
elliptica, elliptico-lanceolata vel ovato-lanceolata, apice acuminata,
margine integra sed in sicco plerumque distincte undulata, supra ad
basin glandulis 2 impressis praedita, subtus glandulis minutis atro-
rubris plus vel minus dense obsita; petiolus 2.5-4 cm. longus; lamina
8-12 cm. longa, 4-6 cm. lata; nervi praecipui ca. 10 in utroquie latere,
in sicco utrinque distincti; stipulae lanceolatae, pubescentes, 4 mm.
longae. Flores in paniculas multifloras dispositi; paniculae 6-10 cm.
longae, ramulis tenuibus tomentosis. Flores masculi in fasciculos 8-10-
flores dispositi, bracteis sub fasciculis anguste triangularibus vel
lanceola'tis 2 mm. longis, perianthii segmentis ovatis vix 1 mm. longis.
Flores foeminei ignoti. Capsula plerumque bi- vel tri-locularis, loculis
subglobosis 4 mm. diam., pericarpio glandulis rubris densissime obtecto,
endocarpio crustaceo nitido castaneo, semine rugoso.

Cook District: Johnstone River, Rev. N. Michael (type: male
flowers), Dec. 1915; Garradunga (common on edge of rain-forest and as
secondary growth), G. T. White 11750 (fruits), 5-12-1941 (small tree).

Among previously described Australian species the present plant
comes closest to M. s\u[bdentata Benth. and M. inamoena F. MuelL, both
of which differ in having a few-flowered long-pedunculate female
inflorescence and echinate capsules.

Euphorbia Lathyrus L. Sp. PL 457 (1753).

Darling Downs: Toowoomba, naturalised in some of the paddocks
near the town, Helen H. Vellacott (immature fruits), 12-12-1943.

A native of Southern Europe, not previously recorded as naturalised
in Queensland though occasionally seen in gardens.

Euphorbia Sparmannii Boiss. Cent. Euph. 5 (1860).

Moreton District : Bribie Island, south end, on sandy flats near the
beach, amongst grasses, white sandy soil, C. E. Hubbard 2688 (flowers
and capsules), 19-5-1930 (prostrate herb, reddish stems) ; Stradbroke
Island, moderately common on the sand dunes, C. T. White 6759 (flowers
and capsules), 20-4-1930 (herb, stems reddish, leaves apple green above,
whitish or reddish beneath) — distributed as E. atoto Forst. ; Redcliffe,
E. W. Bick (flowers and capsules), January 1917 ; Bishop Island, mouth
of the Brisbane River, in sand, S. L. Everist and S. T. Blake (capsules),
25-7-1932. Wide Bay District : Double Island Point, among rocks over-
looking the sea, D. A. Goy 98 (capsules), 26-12-1935 (small herb) ; north
of Kelly’s Creek, near Bundaberg, fairly common on sand dunes, L. S.
Smith 444 (capsules), 1-1-1938 (herb with prostrate branches radiating
from central root) — distributed as E. atoto Forst.

Vol. LV., No. 6.

ESSENTIAL OILS OF THE QUEENSLAND
FLORA. Part XIX. — The Essential Oil of
Halfordia Kendack.

By T. G. H. Jones/ D. Sc., A.A.O.I., and F. N. Lahey, D.Sc.,
Department of Chemistry, University of Queensland.

(. Received 22 nd November, 1943; tabled before the Royal Society of

Queensland, 29 th November, 1943 ; issued separately , 2§th June,

1944.)

Halfordia Kendack is a very common tree on the coastal belt in
Southern Queensland, particularly on the low sandy areas near the sea
between Southport and the New South Wales border. The material for
this investigation was collected at Palm Beach.

Leaves and terminal branehlets on steam distillation yielded -6 per
cent, of an oil having the following constants:—

d15.5 *8625

n|° 1-4700

[a]D . . . . . . • . + 38-3

Ester Value .. . , .. 1*3

The oil was shown to be particularly rich in d-a-pinene, this
constituent being present to the extent of 90 per cent. The remainder
of the oil consisted of cymene (4 per cent.), terpineol acetate,
sesquiterpene and sesquiterpene alcohol.

EXPERIMENTAL.

Leaves and terminal branehlets of Halfordia Kendack weighing
380 lb. were submitted to steam distillation and gave 1,200 ml. of a
clear mobile oil with the above physical constants. The oil was shaken
with dilute sodium carbonate and sodium hydroxide solutions in turn,
but neither of these solutions extracted anything from the oil. After
washing with water and drying, the oil was fractionally distilled through
a Young’s fractioning column at 4 mm. pressure.

Ninety per cent, of the oil boiled at 35-36° at this pressure. This
fraction had the following constants : —

d15-5 -862

n~ 1-4683

[a]„ + 46-4

These are in good agreement with the physical constants recorded
for d-a-pinene. Confirmatory evidence was obtained by oxidation of
a sample to pinonic acid identified as its semicarbazone, according to the
method set out in Parry’s Essential Oils.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

The remainder of the oil was fractionated several times to give three
head fractions. The first of these had the following constants : —

B.P.

. .

. . 54 °C. @ 4 mm.

^15-5

. .

•8607

c .

. .

• .

1-4880

• •

This was identified as p-cymene by oxidation to p-toluie acid as
follows : — Two mis. of the fractions were refluxed with 20 mis. of dilute
HN03 (1 HN03 : 3 H20) for several hours. On standing overnight
crystals of p-toluic acid separated out. These were recrystallised from
w!ater and melted at 176-177° C. undepressed on admixture with a
sample of p-toluic acid.

The next head fraction had —

d15.5 . . . . . . . . *9216

nf 1-4812

[a]^ . . . . . . • • + 20

This contained an ester as indicated by ester number determinations
on the fraction. Two mis. of this were hydrolysed with alcoholic KOI!
and the presence of acetic acid in the alkaline solution determined by
qualitative tests. The impure alcohol was isolated in the usual way and
was found to have the characteristic odour of terpineol. This was
confirmed by conversion into its acid phthalate, M.P. 116°, by the method
used by Kenyon ( 1 ) .

The last fraction consisted of sesquiterpene and sesquiterpene
alcohol giving the characteristic violet colour on treatment with bromine
vapour in the presence of acetic acid. Only a few mis. of this fraction
were available and it was not further investigated.

Summary. — The essential oil of Halfordia Kendack has been shown
to consist of d-a-pinene (90 per cent.), cymene (4 per cent,), terpineol
acetate, sesquiterpene and sesquiterpene alcohol.

REFERENCE.

(1) Kenyon, J. C. S. (1924), 125, 2304.

Vol. LV., No. 7.

NOTES ON THE PETRIE SERIES,
SOUTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND.

(With One Text Figure and One Plate.)

By A. W. Beasley, B.Sc., Department of Geology, University of

Queensland.

(Received 24 th November, 1943 ; tabled before the Royal Society of
Queensland, 29 th November, 1943 ; issued separately , 26th June,
1944.)

CONTENTS.

Summary.

I . — Introduction.

II. — Earth Movements and Igneous Activity.

III. — The Eastern and North-Eastern Stratigraphical Relationship of the Series.

IV. — Palaeontology.

V. — The Strathpine Oil Shale.

VI. — General Statements and Acknowledgments.

VII. — References.

SUMMARY.

This paper aims at setting out additional information on the Petrie
Series. The main facts put forward include an account of faulting, both
tension and compression, within the series. The series is shown to be
more restricted in area than previously believed, and a Mesozoic age
for the strata in the Brighton-Redcliffe-Petrie area is determined. New
fossil localities are described, and a comprehensive account of the fossils
collected is given. The value of the dicotyledonous leaves, sedges,
unionids, and ostracods, as criteria of age, is considered, and, from the
palaeontological evidence accumulated, a provisional Miocene age is
given to the series. The Strathpine oil shale deposit is described, and
shown to be generally low grade, restricted in extent, and economically
of limited value. Fresh-water limestone is recorded, and, from the very
close resemblance shown on analysis with that from the Silkstone Series,
an equivalent age (Miocene) is suggested. The abundance of clays, and
their importance as a possible future source of wealth in the area is
mentioned.

I. INTRODUCTION.

Considering the proximity of the Petrie Series to Brisbane it might
appear remarkable to find geological work still left to be done in the
area. This, however, has shown itself to be the case. In fact, the only
detailed investigation previously conducted in this area has been that
carried out by 0. A. Jones in 1927. In that year Jones (1927) named
and described the Petrie Series in a paper entitled “The Tertiary
Deposits of the More ton District, South-Eastern Queensland,” As the
following “Notes” are intended to supplement the above paper reference
should be made to it for a general account and map of the Petrie Series.

II. EARTH MOVEMENTS AND IGNEOUS ACTIVITY.

Although the Petrie Series may be characterised by gently dipping
beds, the outcrops in the southern portion of the series possess often
quite high dips. They appear, moreover, in most cases to be associated

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

with what is apparently one persistent reversed fault which has caused
both the high dips and the outcrops themselves in an area otherwise
almost devoid of exposures.

In 1927 Jones (1927, p. 35) recognised a reversed fault in steeply
dipping strata in the road cutting on the Redcliffe road near the corner
of Beams road, some two miles south of Bald Hills. This fault which
strikes N.N.W. appears to be the continuation of two associated reversed
faults that may be seen in the beds which outcrop on the southern bank
of the South Pine River, just below Roghan road pumping station. In
the latter case, however, the beds are more steeply dipping, and the
combined throw of the two faults is much greater than that of the
Redcliffe road fault. Both drag and slickensiding are very pronounced
especially near the fault plane of the larger fracture which has a throw
or vertical displacement of approximately 50 feet and a heave or hori-
zontal displacement of 90 feet. This, combined with the smaller associ-
ated fault, which has a throw of some 20 feet and heave of 35 feet, gives
a total vertical displacement of approximately 70 feet and horizontal
displacement of 125 feet.

Scale

Text Fig. 1.

N.-S. Section exposed on Bank of South Pine River, showing Reversed Faults.

These faults strike approximately 40 degrees west of north, and
continuing in this direction another outcrop, some two miles to the north-
west, is encountered. The beds between these two outcrops have been
obscured by the accumulation of recent alluvium on the flood plain of
the South Pine River. The outcrop to the N.W. is made up chiefly of
almost vertical, biscuit-coloured, sandstones and sandy shales on portion
256, parish of Warner, approximately one and a-half miles west of
Strathpine railway station. The beds are also very slickensided here,
but unfortunately there are no cliffs or cuttings to present ' a section.
It is interesting to recall that according to Bryan (1925, p. 38) “Morton
held that these steeply dipping beds were the result of faulting.’ ’ As
there are no exposures to the east or west of this line of outcrop, the
angle of dip presumably diminishes fairly rapidly on either side.

The line of outcrop of the beds, which is still 40 degrees west of
north and coincident with the strike of the reversed fault, can be traced
from portion 256 for half-a-mile through portion 250, parish of Warner,
but then disappears, reappearing again about three-quarters of a mile
further on in a north-westerly direction on portion 190, parish of Warner.
Here the average dip is 45 degrees to the W.S.W., although the out-
cropping beds at one place are almost vertical. Moreover, the material
recently brought up from a shaft put down for oil shale near the outcrop
is very much slickensided and suggests heavy faulting. The outcrop of

NOTES ON THE PETRIE SERIES, SOUTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND. 89

shale can be traced along the strike in a north-westerly direction for
several chains. Further exposures may also be found to the N.W. before
the Brisbane Schist is finally reached, some one and a-half miles on in
that direction.

No outcrops in the Petrie Series could be located in a south-easterly
direction from the fault on the Redcliffe road.

From these observations, however, it seems that what is apparently
the one reversed fault persists for a distance of at least six miles across
the south-western portion of the Petrie Series.

Furthermore, with reference to faulting, it is of interest to note that
L. C. Ball (1932, p. 222) has suggested that, the Brisbane Schists along
the south-western margin of the Petrie Series may mark a faulted contact
with the Tertiaries, the latter being either downfaulted on the N.E. or
the former being overthrusted from the S.W. As he has stated, the
alignment of the schist front here over a distance of 10 miles is strong
presumptive evidence for this view. If this is so, it will be seen that
it is roughly parallel with the fault which strikes N.N.W. to N.W. across
the south-western portion of the Petrie Series and which has been
described above.

Some three-quarters of a mile to the south of the Redcliffe road
outcrop we have evidence of lateral compression followed by tension.
Ip a quarry on portion 22, parish of Kedron, several chains to the S. of
Graham road, can be seen a strong anticlinal fold at the crest of which
a block has been let down to give a very spectacular trough fault. The
excellent ripple marking of the sandstones in this small quarry also
adds to its geological interest. Moreover, the folding and faulting seen
in this quarry is probably genetically connected with the occurrence of
a mud spring or “volcano” several chains to the E.N.E., in a depres-
sion in the south-eastern corner of portion 152, parish of Nundah. This
small mud volcano, from which cold mud may be seen slowly pouring
forth usually some time after the cessation of rainfall in the area — pre-
sumably the result of hydrostatic and not gaseous pressure — has
attracted quite considerable interest since its appearance several years
ago. It is pertinent to mention here that the Petrie Series is known to
be water-bearing in many places, and that the subsoil generally is of a
clayey nature.

With reference to the age of these earth movements it can be said
that, as palaeontological evidence suggests a probable Miocene age for
the Petrie Series (see below), it seems that they are not of pre-
Miocene age. It may be recalled that Jones (1927, p. 41) has stated
that “The series is overlain at Bald Hills by upper division basalts.”
As the upper basalts are considered to be of Pliocene age it appears
likely that the folding and faulting have resulted from uplift and
associated orogeny probably in Middle to Upper Miocene times. This
was later followed by the extrusion of the basalt upon the tilted Petrie
Series shales as seen in the road and railway cuttings at Bald Hills.

Mention should also be made of the very slickensided decomposed
basalt exposed in a quarry on the corner of Barfoot street and Bald
Hills road, approximately two miles E.N.E. of Bald Hills, and very
close to the eastern boundary of the Petrie Series as shown on Jones’
map. The intense weathering which has here preceded the slickensiding
is rather puzzling, and hard to explain. However, as there seems little
doubt that the basalt is of similar age to that which caps Bald Hills, the

90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

slickensiding must be the result of earth movements that post-dated the
upper division basalt, and accordingly of late Tertiary age. Moreover,
with reference to the weathering, it seems feasible from its very position
that the basalt may have been extensively weathered by the action of salt
water before the recent uplift. This suggestion seems to receive further
support from the presence again of this very slickensided decomposed
basalt in the cliff banks of Scott’s Point on the Redcliffe Peninsula,
several miles to the N.N.E. Another possible explanation, however, is
that slickensiding was brought about by slumping of the very weathered
basalt or clay following supersaturation.

As opposed to this, the basalt which caps Bald Hills is normally
weathered and shows no evidence of slickensiding. In fact, quite fresh
specimens can be obtained from the central portion of the weathered
spheroids in the road cuttings. This fresh basalt is greenish-black in
colour, and has a specific gravity of 2-81. Microscopic examination has
shown it to be made up predominantly of titaniferous augite and
plagioclase (acid labradorite), together with olivine altering in part to
iddingsite, and magnetite.

Apart from the basalt at Bald Hills which has previously been
mapped, the writer has noticed weathered basalt outcropping in the road
bank along Ridley road between Beams and Roghan road. As this is
approximately on the same level as Bald Hills, and is only one mile S.
of the most southerly exposure of Bald Hills basalt, it seems likely that
this patch of basalt in the Ridley-Roghan road area was formerly
connected with it.

III. THE EASTERN AND NORTH-EASTERN STRATI-
GfRAPHICAL RELATIONSHIP OP THE SERIES.

On certain lithological resemblances and the presence of inclusions
of shale containing plant markings, it was formerly thought by the
writer that the sandstones recently exposed in excavations near the
Hornibrook Highway at Brighton, and those outcropping on the
southern side of Bald Hills Creek, near the corner of Hall and Lascelles
streets, might represent an eastern extension of the Petrie Series
towards the coast. Palaeontological evidence has, however, disproved
this assumption. A recognisable impression of Cladophlebis australis
has been discovered in the sandy shales near Bald Hills Creek, and slides
made of the fossil wood, which is quite abundant in one sandstone horizon
in the excavated cuttings at the Brighton locality, have shown the age
to be Upper Triassic. All the fossil wood specimens collected, probably
representing seven or eight separate trunks, have proved to be coniferous.
They show no sign of water-rounded surfaces, and their relative abund-
ance also tends to confirm their contemporaneity with the sandstone.
Radial and transverse sections from two of these specimens have shown
them to be identical with Daddxylon {Araucarioxylon) australe
originally described by Crie (1889, p. 5) from beds; of Upper Carnic (i.e.,
Upper Lower Keuper) age at Teremba, New Caledonia. Microscopic
study of thin sections made from another specimen has shown it to be
Dadoxylom ( Araucarioxylon ) rajmahalense described by Sahni (1931,
p. 69) from the base of the Rajmahal stage (Upper Gondwana) of India.
The Rajmahal stage is at the very base of the Jurassic in India. It
might be mentioned that Fisher (1931, p. 44) has recorded fossil wood
“comparing very closely with Dadoxylon ( Araucarioxylon ) rajmahal-
ense Sahni” from beds with a typical Upper Esk facies at Aspley, some

NOTES ON THE PETRIE SERIES, SOUTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND. 91

six miles to the S.W. of the Brighton locality. The Upper Esk Series
is generally regarded as being of Lower Kenper age.

Moreover, on closer examination the small patches of shale in the
Brighton sandstones were fonnd to be lenticular in shape, and generally
parallel with the sandstone bedding. They accordingly represent
deposition under quiet conditions in small depressions or hollows in the
lake floor. That conditions of deposition were subject to rapid change
at this time is also evident, for the sandstones themselves vary consider-
ably in grain size and show very pronounced current bedding. This is
strikingly exhibited in the numerous cuttings which have been made to
act as slit trenches in these massive sandstones.

The micaceous sandy shales on the southern side of Bald Hills Creek,
moreover, have been found to be identical in lithological appearance with
those outcropping in the upper portion of the bank outside the Brighton
Hotel in which the writer has recently found Cladophlebis and Ginkgo
along with numerous indeterminate plant impressions. The Brighton
Hotel sandstone, however, as distinct from the sandy shale, is totally devoid
of fossils and is strikingly similar in lithology with the fine-grained red
and white micaceous sandstones of the Redcliffe Peninsula. The Redcliffe
sandstones, which extend from Clontarf to Scarborough and are overlain
in places by basalt, were included in the Petrie Series by Jones (1927,
p. 31), although he did not find any fossils in them. As Dunstan in 1915
(p. 3) had originally referred these sandstones to the coastal portion
of the Ipswich Series, an intensive search for fossil evidence to confirm
their true age was made by the writer. This search revealed a trunk
of silicified wood in the sandstones which outcrop on the eastern bank of
Humpybong Creek, adjacent to portion 113v, parish of Redcliffe. On
examination the wood has shown itself to be coniferous, and determinable
as Dadoxylon sp. Unfortunately, the preservation is muchj poorer than
that of the material from Brighton, which permitted of specific deter-
mination. It might be mentioned, however, that wood of the primitive
Dadoxylon type is characteristic of the Triassic and earlier periods,
preceding in time the diversification of the conifers. Thus, although the
wood does not admit of specific determination it is sufficient to place the
age of the Redcliffe sandstones as Triassic. It is of interest to note that,
although sections of the fossil wood collected from both Brighton and
Redcliffe show that they have all been crushed after fossilisation, that
from Redcliffe shows the most intense crushing, and suggests the
strongest lateral pressure. This crushing can be correlated at Redcliffe
with the field occurrence in sandstones which dip at 20° to the S.W.
Apart from the fossil wood, the only other organic remains found in
the rocks of the Redcliffe Peninsula have been indeterminable plant
fragments which show certain resemblances to the stems of some
Equisetales. They occur in the weathered sandy mudstones of the cliff
bank a few chains to the north of Scotts Point.

The above observations are of some importance, as, combined with
the discovery by Bryan (1927a, p. vii.) of shales containing Ipswich
fossils on the north bank of the Pine River, almost opposite the conflu-
ence of the North and South Pine Rivers, they considerably reduce the
area of the Petrie Series as approximately mapped by Jones in 1927.
In fact, it now appears that the Petrie Series occupies a roughly circular
area of some fifteen square miles centred about Strathpine, and that the
material to the north of the Pine River within the parish of Redcliffe is of
Mesozoic age. This is also supported lithologically by the presence of

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

massive sandstones, identical with those occurring at Brighton, in por-
tions 21, 434, and 89v, parish of Redcliffe. Bryan, moreover, has recorded
(1927b, p. xi.) non-calcareous oolite, similar to that found near the base
of the Walloon Series, from the north bank of the Pine River, about three
miles from its mouth.

Outcrops of sandstones of Ipswich aspect have also been noted near
the Sandgate Cemetery and along Bracken Ridge in portions 97 and 98,
parish of Nundah, about one mile east of Bald Hills. This, together with
the complete absence of Tertiary exposures to the E. of Bracken Ridge,
may mean either that the eastern margin of the series is approximately
one mile W. of that shown on Jones’ map, or that Bracken Ridge itself
is an inlier within the Petrie Series. Unfortunately the low-lying nature
of the country and the absence of shaft sinkings in the area to the east
of Bracken Ridge still prevents any accurate mapping of the eastern
margin of the series.

However, from field observations, it can definitely be stated that the
boundary of the Petrie Series in the Bald Hills Creek to Cabbage Tree
Creek sector at least is no further to the E. of that approximately deter-
mined by Jones and shown on his map (1927, map 2).

With reference to structure it may be mentioned that the Mesozoic
sandstones and shales which outcrop E. of the Petrie Series have a
general dip to the S.W., and that, following Dunstan (1919, p. 53),, the
structure may be interpreted as a synclinal trough, the central and
western portions of which are unconformably overlain by the Petrie
Series in the area under consideration.

IV. PALAEONTOLOGY.

Very few fossils have previously been found in the Petrie Series.
In 1925 Morton found a dicotyledonous leaf in almost vertical sandstones
about one and a-half miles W. of Strathpine railway station, which
proved the series to be of Tertiary age. Subsequently Jones (1927, p. 36)
collected two leaves and a probable seed pod from the same outcrop,
but, in spite of much search, failed to find any other fossils in the series.
In 1932 Ball (1932a, p. 221) observed a few indistinct carbonised plant
impressions together with one small mussel-like shell and some small
sandy, probably coprolitic, patches containing fish scales and bones, in
the oil shales on portion 190, parish of Warner, some two miles west of
Strathpine railway station, and approximately one mile N.W. of the
sandstone outcrop referred to above. Shortly after this, Ball (1932b,
p. 384) also discovered numerous small kidney-shaped bodies identified
by Whitehouse as ostracods allied to the common freshwater genus
Cypris , together with fragmentary fish remains, some fruits of inde-
terminable plants and one small gastropod, in the shales on the spoil
heap of Simpson’s well in the N.E. corner of portion 186, parish of
Nundah, about one mile E.S.E. of Bald Hills. Subsequently Chapman
(1932, p. 384) reported on the ostracods contained in this material, and
stated that their generic affinity was very obscure and that they could
be referred to as (?)Cyprids only. In 1934 E. S. Hills (p. 169)
described the fragmentary fish remains collected by Ball from the oil
shales two miles W. of Strathpine, and from Simpson’s well E. of Bald
Hills, as belonging to a freshwater Percoid fish, probably of the genus
Percolates. The very fragmentary nature of the material, however, was
insufficient to indicate more than that the shales were of Tertiary age.

NOTES ON THE PETRIE SERIES, SOUTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND. 93

This rather small assemblage represents the complete list of fossils
previously recorded from the Petrie Series. The discovery of additional
fossil plants, invertebrates, and fish remains is therefore of some
importance.

The most interesting collection has been obtained from the steeply
dipping low-grade oil shales which outcrop on the southern bank of the
South Pine River just below Roghan road pumping station, on portion
127 parish of Nundah. This assemblage includes numerous fragments
of fossil Eucalypt leaves including one entire well preserved leaf which,
according to C. T. White (1942), bears a very strong resemblance to
Eucalyptus propinqua, the 4 4 grey gum,” which is quite common m the
district to-day. At least two other species of the genus Eucalyptus are
also represented in this fossil flora, but, because of their presence only
as leaf fragments, identification or comparison with either fossil or recent
species of this genus is impracticable. On the same horizon has
been found a probable fossil insect gall, the first, as far as can be ascer-
tained to be recorded from Australia, although they are not uncommon
in the Tertiary flora of the United States. As insect galls aie quite
common on gum and other leaves to-day, the association with fossil
Eucalypts in these beds is of particular interest. Several small seed-
like bodies and one fragment of an indeterminate dicotyledonous leaf
have also been collected from these shales. The most abundant fossils,
however, are sedges, which, according to S. T. Blake (1942), appear to
belong to the present day genuis Eleocbavis , and possibly to the species
Eleocharis equisetina Presl, which they very closely resemble. Apart
from this flora* a number of fragmentary fish remains, including gener-
ally isolated vertebrae and other bones, spines, and scales, have been
found in the low-grade oil shale, as well as a cast of the right valve of
an oval-shaped Unionid, which most resembles in shape the present day
form Velesunio halonnensis (Conrad). Probable fossil worm castings,
tracks and burrows also are quite common in these shales, but, although
an intensive search was made, no ostracods or insects could be discovered.

A small collection of dicotyledonous leaves has also been obtained
from the steeply dipping sandstones and shales which outcrop about one
and a-half miles W. of Strathpine in the vicinity of portion 256, parish
of Warner, and C. T. White (1942) has stated that several of them
resemble leaves of the following living genera : — Gmelina, Acacia,
Melaleuca, and Callistemon. Probable worm castings or infilled tracks
were also found in these biscuit-coloured shales. Further specimens of
dicotyledonous leaves, some with the cuticle preserved, have been
collected from the greyish-coloured sandstones and oil shales from Neill’s
shaft nearby. Apart from these, casts of two valves of elongate shaped
Unionids were found in the sandstone, and one in the oil shale which
immediately underlies it. Unfortunately, they are all too poorly pre-
served to allow comparison with either fossil or recent forms. A certain
amount of coalified plant material is associated with the low-grade oil
shale brought up from Neill’s shaft, and, protruding upwards across
the laminations of the shale, not uncommonly are found what are thought
to be the mud infillings of the internal cavity of fossil sedges preserved
in their growing positions.

In addition to the fossils recorded by L. C. Ball (1932, p. 221) from
portion 190, parish of Warner, the writer has also found numerous
impressions of fossil sedges in the very slickensided shale brought up
from a shaft recently sunk some 15 feet N.E. of the old well referred

94 PROCEEDINGS OP THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

to above. Moreover, as with the oil shales from Neill’s shaft, indetermin-
able carbonised plant remains, such as stem fragments, were observed
in much of the oil shale examined at this locality also.* Several specimens
of dicotyledonous fossil wood were also collected from this property, and
radial and transverse sections of these have shown them to possess
Eucalypt affinities.

Some two miles to the N.E. of the above locality, fragments of fossil
sedges similar to those found in the shales on the bank of the South
Pine River were observed in the shale which has been brought up
recently in putting down a bore for water on subdivision 1 of portion
41, parish of Warner, about '8 chains south of Lawnton railway station.

Approximately a-quarter of a mile further to the N., on Houghton’s
Nursery, in portion 24, parish of Warner, another bore has recently been
sunk, and an examination of the material brought up has revealed the
presence of ostracod remains in a greenish-grey bituminous shale,
reported to have been met at a depth of about 45 feet. Unfortunately,
the material has been very much crushed and mashed up by percussion
drilling, but microscopic examination has revealed a number of the
isolated carapace valves of fossil ostracods. At least three distinct species
of Cypridiferous ostracods have been recognised, all of which have been
identified with species to be described shortly by the writer from the
Tertiaries of The Narrows, near Gladstone. It might here by mentioned
that this is the most northerly locality in the Petrie Series where the
writer has found fossils to confirm the Tertiary age of the strata.

Rather more than a mile to the S.S.E. of the above locality a 55-feet
well has lately been sunk, in the grounds of Francis’ Cornflour Factory,
in the southern part of portion 12, parish of Warner, near Four Mile
Creek. The material on the spoil heap of this well, however, has proved
to be practically unfossiliferous, an intensive search resulting in the
discovery of only one fossil — a fragment of a dicotyledonous leaf, found
in light grey sapropelic shale.

On the other hand, shale rich in ostracod remains was found about
the opening of an old bore on Brecknell’s Farm, Samsonvale road,
Strathpine. This bore, which is reported to have been sunk in 1939 to
a depth of 178 feet, is situated on subdivision 10 portion 222, parish of
Warner, approximately half-a-mile S.S.W. of the Cornflour Factory.
Unfortunately, no log was prepared during the drilling, and F. S.
Brecknell, the owner of the property, could only say that the ostracod-
bearing shale had come from below a depth of 60 feet. Moreover, as
much of the shale examined on the spoil heap was found to contain
ostracods, it is certain that quite a considerable thickness was passed
through in boring, probably in several separate layers. In contrast
with the greenish shale also present, the ostracod-bearing shale is gener-
ally of a bluish-grey colour, and fissile. In some cases, also, the bedding
planes are so packed with the white chitino-calcareous carapace valves
that other material is almost virtually excluded. Unfortunately, most
of these valves are very crushed and broken, but microscopic search has
revealed a number of well preserved, identifiable specimens. Four
distinct species have already been recognised, probably the most
abundant being Erpetocypris aequalis Chapman, originally described
from the Redbank Plains Series. Two of the four species, in fact, are

* Since this paper went to press fossil ostracods have also been found in some of
the oil shale from this locality.

NOTES ON THE PETRIE SERIES, SOUTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND. 95

identical with species occurring in the Redbank Plains Series, while both
of the other forms have been identified with species shortly to be
described from the Tertiary shales of The Narrows, near Gladstone.
The significance of these ostracods as criteria of age will be briefly
considered below.

It might also be mentioned that, according to the drilling contractor,
R. C. Abbott (1943), another bore has been put down several hundred
yards to the east of Brecknell’s bore, on portion 11, parish of Warner.
This bore, which is just east of Gympie road, is reported to have been
sunk to a depth of 305 feet, mainly through greenish and bluish shales.
Prom its location and depth there seems little doubt that some of the
shales passed through contain fossil ostracods.

Finally, the writer has collected fish spines and several isolated
vertebrae from biscuit coloured shales which outcrop on the western side
of Norris road, between Beams and Roghan road, approximately one and
a-half miles S.E. of Bald Hills.

With reference to the complete assemblage of fossil dicotyledonous
leaves collected from the Petrie Series, it must be admitted that they
are, unfortunately, of very little value at present for purposes of age
determination. Owing to the generally confused state of Tertiary
palaeobotany in Australia, together with the ever-present doubt of
determinations based on isolated leaves alone, any serious attempt to name
and describe the individual members of this relatively small, collection
of fossil leaves would be impracticable at the present time. Moreover,
many of the leaves are incomplete, and taxonomic work on such frag-
mentary material is particularly hazardous, and always of very doubtful
value. It must also be pointed out that none of the above Realties in
the Petrie Series can be compared for richness in dicotyledonous leaves
with such localities as Ebbw Vale and other places in the Redbank Plains
Series. Indeed, while the large and rich Redbank Plains flora is still
awaiting systematic description, any attempt to describe in detail the
small assemblage of dicotyledonous leaves collected from the Petrie
Series would be palaeobotanically shortsighted. From the work already
carried out, however, it seems that the flora is predominantly a
“Eucalyptus” one, and, as such, distinct from the “ Cinnamomum” flora
of the Redbank Plains Series. In fact, not one specimen of Cinna\m>omum
has yet been found in the Petrie Series, the great majority of the dico-
tyledonous leaves belonging to the genus Eucalyptus. This may suggest
a somewhat closer relationship between the Petrie Series and the present-
day flora than that between the Redbank Plains and the existing flora,
but naturally at the present stage no definite statement can ' be made
in this connection. It can quite definitely be said, however, that the flora
does show a very close affinity with the present-day flora of South-
Eastern Queensland, and accordingly, contrary to von Ettingshausen ’s
generalisation (1883) concerning the Australian Tertiary flora as a
whole, it is not distinct from the living flora of the area. It might be
mentioned that this observation has been made by both C. T. White
and S. T. Blake (1942) in a verbal report to the writer on the fossil
plants collected from the Petrie Series. Furthermore, since the
resemblances are so striking, it seems unlikely that the comparisons with
present-day genera have been carried further than justified.

With reference to the fossil sedges collected from the several locali-
ties, determinations are likewise somewhat doubtful at present. It may
be noted, however, that members of the family Cypcraceae , to which the

96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

genus Eleocharis belongs, are rare as fossils in the early Tertiary,
becoming more abundant in middle and late Tertiary times. This is
quite a pertinent point in view of the fact that no sedges have been
recorded from the Eedbank Plains Series, which is probably of Oligocene
age (Hills, 1934), while in certain horizons of the Petrie Series they
have been found to be the predominating element in the fossil flora.
Indeed, this alone is suggestive of an age for the Petrie Series younger
than that of the Eedbank Plains Series.

It might be mentioned at this stage that the palaeobotanical study
of Tertiary fossil seeds has lately been found to afford a very delicate
and reliable guide to stratigraphical correlation. This is of interest here
because seeds of indeterminable plants have already been found near
Bracken Eidge, and, if a sufficiently large number of well preserved
specimens can be collected from this and other localities in the Petrie
Series, a field for future research will be opened up, which may subse-
quently prove of greater stratigraphical value than the isolated
angiospermous leaves.

Unfortunately, the several fossil Unionids found in the Petrie Series
are at present of no greater value as criteria of age than the plants. As
a family of the Prionodesmacea, the Unionids are long ranged, extending
from the i Triassic to Eecent, but not becoming abundant till Cretaceous
and Tertiary times. Moreover, no Tertiary fossil members of this family
have yet been described from Queensland, although they have already
been found in most of our Tertiary lacustrine basins. When a detailed
palaeontological study of Australian Tertiary Unionids has been carried
out, however, and the geological ranges of the various species deter-
mined, our Queensland representatives should prove of stratigraphical
value. In the meantime the two distinct species already found in the
Petrie Series can only be compared with the recent forms, Velesimio
ballonensis (Conrad) and Hyridella australis (Lamarck).

On the other hand, the ostracods collected from the Bald Hills,
Strathpine, and Lawnton localities mentioned above have already proved
to be of some stratigraphical value. Considered as a whole the ostracod
fauna shows a very close affinity with that contained in the Tertiary
shales of The Narrows near Gladstone. It might be mentioned here that
E. S. Hills (1943) has recently determined, from a study of the fossil
fish fauna, that The Narrows Tertiaries are younger than the Eedbank
Plains Series, and probably Miocene in age. The Petrie Series ostracod
fauna, however, also shows some affinity with that from Eedbank Plains,
probably the most striking point being the » relative abundance of
Erpetocypris aequalis. It must be borne in mind, however, that many
of the simple, smooth-shelled Cyprids are long ranged, so that in evalu-
ating the ostracoda as a criteria of age it is necessary to consider all
members of the fauna. When this is done a much closer relationship
becomes evident between the Petrie Series Ostracoda and those from
The Narrows than between the former and those from Eedbank Plains.
However, as the writer is at present preparing a paper on the Ostracoda
contained in various Queensland Tertiary deposits, which will
incorporate a detailed account and description of the various species
found in the Petrie Series, the above general statements only are made
here.

Only a small assemblage of fragmentary fish remains has yet been
collected from the Petrie Series. However, as much of the material
appears to be excellently preserved in bituminous shale, it might be

NOTES ON THE PETRIE SERIES, SOUTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND. 97

possible for a palaeoichthyologist to make sufficient generic determina-
tions to indicate the general faunal characteristics of the assemblage.
With this in view, and considering the stratigraphical value of the
Tertiary fossil fish from other Queensland deposits (Hills, 1934, 1943),
an attempt is now being made to enlarge the assemblage by further
collecting in the area.*

In conclusion, purely on the above palaeontological evidence, which
is still rather fragmentary, it seems that the Petrie Series is definitely
younger than the Redbank Plains Series, and the age i may be tentatively
put as Miocene. It is felt, moreover, that the ostracods at present under-
going systematic description, and the ultimate description of the fossil
fish fauna, may help to provide a more delicate and reliable guide to the
precise age of the series.

Y. THE STRATHPINE OIL SHALE.

Oil shale was discovered in the Strathpine district on the spoil
heap of an old well on portion 190, parish of Warner, by L. C. Ball in
1932. This property lies just two miles W. of Strathpine railway station,
which is fourteen miles by rail N. of i Brisbane on the main northern
line. The well, which was sunk in 1919 on the site of a 50-feet bore hole,
is reported to have passed through 5 feet of loose sandstone boulders,
then 50 feet of ferrated shale and finally 5 feet of oil shale. A quantity
of the oil shale is still available on the spoil heap of the well, and Ball
(1932a, p. 221) has stated that it is “almost identical in appearance with
that occurring at The Narrows, between Gladstone and Rockhampton.”
It has the same dark greenish-grey colour when fresh; it is weather-
resistant but ultimately oxidises to the same biscuit colour; it is tough
and resilient to the hammer, and it has a dark brown greasy streak.
Moreover, it is sectile, has a low specific gravity, and burns fairly readily
with a smoky yellow flame giving off the characteristic odour1 of oil shale.
A sample of this material submitted to the Government Analyst in 1932,
is reported to have yielded crude oil at the rate of 51 gallons per ton.
This is an unusually high yield for an oil shale of Tertiary age, and
seemingly indicates the presence of a “pocket” of relatively rich shale,
probably of restricted extent, as at no other place in the Petrie Series
has oil shale of this quality since been discovered.

The shale outcrops about one chain N. of the well and can be traced
in a N.N.W. direction for a distance of several chains, being generally
coincident with the strike of the beds. The average angle of dip is 45
degrees to the W.S.W., although the outcropping beds at one place are
almost vertical. Moreover, as the material is very much slickensided the
presence of faulting is clearly pointed to.

Oil shale also outcrops in steeply dipping strata associated with a
reversed fault on the bank of the South Pine River, on portion 127,
parish of Nundah, but is of very low grade. I't has also been met with
still further towards the south-eastern boundary of the series, in two
bores. One, in the south-eastern corner of portion 148, parish of Nundah,
near the corner of Beams and Lacey road, and the other in the grounds
of Hutton's Bacon Factory at Zillmere, on portion 5, parish of Nundah.
In the former case, according to L. G.' Neill (1943), a 2 ft. 6 in. seam of

* Since this paper went to press additional fossil fish material has been collected
from the shales outcropping on the bank of the South Pine River, and the whole
collection has been sent to Dr. E. S. Hills of the University of Melbourne, who has
kindly undertaken its description.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

oil shale, which yielded approximately 30 gallons of crude oil per ton
was passed through ; while, in the latter case, the general appearance of
the shale submitted by O. A. Jones indicates a probable yield of about
20 gallons per ton.

Some time ago a shaft, known as Neill’s Shaft, was put down on
portion 256, parish of Warner, about one and a-half miles S.E. of the
old well on portion 190, to test the oil shale deposit in that area. Oil
shale associated with a minor amount of brown coal was met with at
approximately 70 feet and sinking was stopped at 75 feet. The shales
here again are steeply dipping and very slickensided.

The oil shale from Neill’s shaft is, unfortunately, low grade, picked
samples yielding only 12 gallons of crude oil to the ton. I am indebted
to M. H. Gabriel, of the Government Chemical Laboratory, for the

following proximate analysis

Per cent.

Moisture . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Volatile Matter . . . . . . . . . . 18-2

Fixed Carbon . . . . . . . . , . 5-2

Ash .. .. 70-3

Nitrogen

042

This compares very closely with such other Queensland Tertiary oil
shales as those of The Narrows near Gladstone.

According to Gabriel the specific gravity of the water-free oil from
this oil shale is *948 at 22 degrees C. Moreover, the oil has a low gasoline
content, the distillate to 200 degrees C., which is the naphtha and gaso-
line content, being only 7 per cent. It might be mentioned that the
gasoline content of a typical shale oil varies between 16 and 26 per cent.
On the other hand the kerosene content, which distills at between 200
and 275 degrees C., is 21 per cent., which is slightly higher than that
of a typical shale oil which gives from 16 to 20 per cent, kerosene. It
might also be said that the high specific gravity of the crude oil suggests
an asphaltic base, which is sometimes taken as being indicative of a
partial animal origin for the oil.

The oil shale, itself, is a fine-grained, even-textured, laminated rock,
greenish- grey in colour, with a dull lustre, greasy brown streak, haekley
fracture, and a specific gravity of 148. The presence of numerous mud
infillings of the internal cavity of fossil sedges protruding upwards across
the laminations of the shale, points to shallow water conditions of
sedimentation for the oil shale.

Low grade oil shale has also been met in several bores, sunk for
water, in other parts of the Petrie Series. According to R. C. Abbott,
the drilling contractor (1943), shale yielding approximately 10 gallons
of crude oil was passed through, in putting down a bore for water, on
portion 11, parish of Warner, near Four Mile Creek. Low grade oil
shale has also been noticed by the writer on the spoil heap of Brecknell’s
bore in portion 222, parish of Warner, while the light grey, greasy shale
brought up in sinking Francis’ well on the Cornflour Factory property
certainly would yield a few gallons of crude oil to the ton. L. C. Ball,
moreover, has reported (1932, p. 384) “ paper shales yielding on
destructive distillation about 3 gallons of brown, limpid oil per ton”
from Simpson’s well in portion 186, parish of Nundah, near Bracken
Ridge.

NOTES ON THE PETRIE SERIES, SOUTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND. 99

In conclusion, it seems that the yield of crude oil from typical
Strathpine oil shale varies between 5 and 20 gallons to the ton. That
is, it is mainly a low grade oil shale. Moreover, it seems that the seams,
instead of being continuous throughout the series, may be of restricted
areal extent and generally lenticular in shape. To determine the quan-
tity of oil shale present, furthermore, a systematic boring campaign
would have to be undertaken, and this, in view of the low-grade nature
of the material, the relative thinness of the seams, and their steeply
dipping nature, does not appear to be warranted at the present time.
It must be presumed, however, that the steep dip of the outcropping oil
shale referred to above decreases progressively as one proceeds away from
the faulting, but this diminution in angle of dip may only be 'gradual,
and so, even disregarding the nature of the material, mining operations
would hardly prove economically feasible. In fact, the only favourable
factor about the Strathpine oil shale is the convenient geographical
location of the deposit, so close to the city of Brisbane.

YI. GENERAL STATEMENTS AND ACKNOWLEDGMENTS.

A number of other observations, which seem worthy of record, have
been made during the course of geological work in this area.

A considerable amount of greenish-white impure limestone has been
found on the spoil heap of Francis’ well on portion 12, parish of Warner,
near Four Mile Creek, and similar limestone has been collected from
Breeknell’s bore, approximately half-a-mile to the S.S.W. From the
rough log provided by Francis and the relative proportions of the
various rock types on the spoil heap it would seem that approximately
8 to 10 feet of this limestone was passed through in sinking the 55-feet
well. Similar impure limestone has also been brought up (Ball, 1932,
p. 334) from Simpson’s well in portion 186, parish of Nundah, near
Bracken Ridge, the bed here being 12 feet in thickness. As freshwater
limestone is really not a common rock, and seeing that it is a prominent
member of the Silkstone Series, to which Whitehouse (1940, p. 34) has
recently given a provisional Miocene age, it was thought by the writer
that these two limestones might possibly be comparable in geological
age. Unfortunately, macroscopic and microscopic search failed to reveal
any recognisable fossils in the Petrie Series limestone, so chemical
analysis was resorted to in an attempt to show up any possible relation-
ship. I am indebted to M. H. Gabriel, of the Government Chemical
Laboratory, for the following analysis of the Petrie Series limestone, the
results of which show a very close resemblance to those given by Dunstan
(1913, p. 648) for the Silkstone Series limestone: —

Petrie Series Limestone.
(Simpson’s Well, Bald Hills.)
Per cent.

Moisture . . . . 1-1

Loss on Ignition . . 43-4

Silica . . . . . . 6-7

Iron Oxide . . . . 1-7

Alumina . , . . 1-1

Lime . . . . . . 26*8

Magnesia . . . . 19*2

Silkstone Series Limestone.
(Limestone Hill, Ipswich.)

Per cent.

. . 04

. . 43-8

. . 5-7

. . 0-9

. . 27-5

20-6

100-0

100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

Although correlation on lithological grounds is generally insufficient,
such a close chemical comparison between the two limestones suggests
that the Petrie Series may be equivalent, at least in part, to the Silkstone
Series. This fits in with all the palaeontological evidence and other
lithological evidence from the Petrie Series, which points definitely to an
age later than that of the Redbank Plains Series.

The rock, itself, is a somewhat chalky, non-crystalline, dolomitic
limestone, and, like that of the Silkstone Series, was presumably
deposited in a time of little rainfall, when the waters of the basin were
sufficiently charged with lime to precipitate calcium carbonate. It is
undoubtedly the product of the earliest ( ? Middle Miocene) occasion
upon which Tertiary limestones of non-marine origin were formed in
Queensland (v. Whitehouse, 1940). Although this limestone may have
quite a large areal extent in the Petrie Series, it outcrops nowhere in
the series, and is never likely to be of economic importance.

A tentative Miocene age for the Petrie Series is also supported
somewhat by the presence of diatomaceous earth in the series (v. Jones,
1927), as a study of the literature on the subject has revealed the fact
that diatoms were most prolific in Miocene times. It might be mentioned
that diatomaceous earth has not been found in the Redbank Plains Series.

Moreover, from the state of consolidation of the sediments, an age
much later than Miocene for the Petrie Series seems to be unlikely.

Finally, it seems certain that the clays, in which the series is par-
ticularly rich, and not the oil shales, will eventually prove to be of
greatest economic importance in the Petrie Series.

This work has been carried out by the writer in part while an honours
student within the Department of Geology, University of Queensland,
and in part during the tenure of a research fellowship within the
University of Queensland, financed by Commonwealth funds through the
Council for Scientific and Industrial Research. He would like to thank
Mr. 0. A. Jones and Dr!. W. H. Bryan for their helpful advice, and
Professor H. C. Richards for his personal interest in enabling him to
carry out this work. He is also indebted to Mr. N. J. de Jersey for the
determinations of the several fossil woods, and to Messrs. C. T. White and
S. T. Blake for examining the small collection of Tertiary fossil plants.

VII.— REFERENCES.

Abbott, R. C. (1943). Personal Communication.

Ball, L. C. (1932a). “ Shale Oil near Strathpine. ’ ’ Queensl. Gov. Min. J. xxxiii.,

221-222.

Ball, L. C. (1932b). IC Bentonite, near Brisbane. ” Queensl. Gov. Min. J. xxxiii.,
384.

Blake, S. T. (1942). Personal Communication.

Bryan, W. H. (1925). 11 Earth Movements in Queensland. ’ ’ Proc. Roy. Soc.

Queensl. xxxvii., p. 38.

Bryan, W. H. (1927a). In Abstracts of Proceedings. Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl.
xxxix., p. vii.

Bryan, W. H. (1927b). In Abstracts of Proceedings. Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl.
xxxix., jp. xi.

Chapman, F. (1932). In Ball, L. C., 1932. Queensl. Gov. Min. J. xxxiii., 384.
Chapman, F. (1935). “ Report of Samples of Surface Tertiary Rocks and a Bore
Sample Containing Ostraeods from Queensland. ’ ’ Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl.
xlvi., 66-71.

Crie, L. (1889). “Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Fossilen Flora einiger Inseln des
Siidpacifischen und Indischen Oceans.” Palaeont. Abhandl. (W. Barnes
und E. Kayser) Neue Folge, i., Heft 2, Jena.

Proc. Roy. Soc. Q’land., Yol. LV., No. 7.

Plate Y.

Pig. 1. — Tilted strata on upthrow side of reversed fault,
South Pine River.

Fig. 2. — Steeply dipping low-grade oil shales outcropping
on bank of South Pine River.

Fig. 3. — Neill’s Oil Shale Shaft, 1| miles west of Strath-
pine railway station.

NOTES ON THE PETRIE SERIES, SOUTH-EASTERN QUEENSLAND. 101

Bunstan, B. (1913). “ Queensland Mineral Index.” Queensl. Geol. Snrv. Pub. 241.

Bunstan, B. (1915). “ Geological Note,” to Queensl. Geol. Surv. Pub. 252, p. 3.

Bunstan, B. (1919). ‘ ‘ Sandgate-Zillmere Geology.” Queensl. Gov. Min. J. xx., 53.

Ettingshausen von, C. (1883). “ Contributions to the Tertiary Flora of Australia.”
Mem. Geol. Surv. N.S. Wales Palaeont., No. 2.

Fisher, N. H. (1931). ‘‘The Lithological Sequence and Structure of the Ipswich
Series between Brisbane and Sandgate. ” Unpub. M.Sc. thesis, Univ.
Queensl., Bept. Geol. Lib.

Hills, E. S. (1934). “Tertiary Fresh-Water Fishes from Southern Queensland.”
Mem. Queensl. Mus. x., 157-174.

Hills, E. S. (1943). “Tertiary Fresh-Water Fishes and Crocodilian Remains from
Gladstone and Buaringa, Queensland.” Mem. Queensl. Mus. xii., 96-100.

Jones, O. A. (1927). “The Tertiary Beposits of the Moreton Bistrict, South-
Eastern Queensland.” Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. xxx., 23-46.

Neill, L. G. (1943). Personal Communication.

Sahni, B. (1931). “Revisions of Indian Fossil Plants.” Palaeont. Indica. xi., pt. 2.

White, C. T. (1942). Personal Communication.

Whitehouse, F. W. (1940). “Studies in the Late Geological History of Queens-
land.” Univ. Queensl. Pap. Bept. Geol. ii., No. 1.

The Royal Society of Queensland.

Report of Council for 1942.

To the Members of the Royal Society of Queensland.

Your Council has pleasure in submitting the Annual Report for
the year 1942.

Nine original papers, of which six were read or tabled at Ordinary
meetings, were accepted for publication in the Proceedings, two
symposia were held, two addresses given, and three evenings were
devoted principally to exhibits and lantern lectures. The average
attendance was forty.

The Chief Secretary’s Department has agreed to pay a £1 for £1
subsidy for printing on Papers 7-13 published in Volume LIII. of the
Proceedings and judged of value from a Governmental point of view.
The Council acknowledges this subsidy with gratitude.

There are 4 honorary life members, 4 life members, 3 correspond-
ing members, 189 ordinary members, and 5 associate members in the
Society. This year the Society has lost one member killed on active
service and one by resignation, while 4 have been elected to ordinary
membership and 2 to associate membership. A number of members
are engaged on active service, and others are engaged in special work
for the war effort.

Attendance at Council meetings was as follows : — D. H. K. Lee 5,
H. R. Seddon 6, J. Bostock 6, E. W. Bick 9, D. Hill (resigned July) 4,
M. Scott 6, K. Watson 5, A. K. Denmead 1, S. T. Blake 9, I. R. Bick 8,
W. H. Bryan 7, R. W. H. Hawken 4, H. J. G. Hines 7, F. A. Perkins 4.

DOUGLAS H. K. LEE, President.

M. I. R. Scott, Hon. Secretary.

THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF QUEENSLAND.

STATEMENT OF RECEIPTS AND EXPENDITURE FOR YEAR ENDED 31st DECEMBER, 1942.

cor-tocDCMososooo

i— i

ot-HOb-CiT-it-ocqcft

N IQ O O
O
CM

00 N lO (M
i — I

co o
o o

tF O
LO HO
CO r- 1

• as

h 5
S 0

"«!

a p

w as

I «

A «

nD
P! Pi

®s

■g 3 2 co
§■ Fa S £

-M 3 ^

◄ 1>

n -£ 3

1 3 s

.9 £H

H ^ ^
^ 00
60S
OO g

§ §5

S | s

• !>»

•

!rs

: s

J® 02

&€ &J0
P aS

O o

A A

CO Eh

WWffl

.Pi a

pi o

A ft W pq pq

wo 0 co- so

«o CM

trt 00

(M K5 CO

^ P

p .2

aS 3

PQ 3Q

5zT

£»

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEEINGS.

VII.

Abstract of Proceedings, 29th March, 1943.

The Annual Meeting of the Society was held in the Geology
Department of the University on Monday, 29th March, 1943, under the
distinguished patronage of His Excellency Sir Leslie Wilson. The
Chair was occupied by the President (Prof. D. H. K. Lee), who welcomed
His Excellency on behalf of the Society. Twenty-six members and
friends were present. The minutes of the previous annual meeting were
read and confirmed. The President thanked those members who assisted
in moving that portion of the Society’s Library from the basement,
where it had been housed for safe keeping a year ago, back to the
Society’s Room. The Annual Report was read and adopted. The
Balance-sheet was received.

The following officers and Council were elected for 1943 : —
President, Prof. J. Bostock; Vice-Presidents, Prof. D. H. K. Lee and
Mr. P. A. Perkins; Hon. Treasurer, Mr. E. W. Bick; Hon. Secretary,
Miss M. I. R. Scott; Hon. Librarian, Mr. I. R. Bick; Hon. Editors,
Mr. S. T. Blake and Dr. M. F. Hickey; Members of the Council,
Dr. W. H. Bryan, Mr. H. J. G. Hines, Mr. E. M. Shepherd, Prof.
T. G. H. Jones, and Mr. Colin Clark ; Hon. Auditor, Mr. L. P. Herdsman.

The Presidential Address, “ Terra Australis Rediviva,” was
delivered by Prof. D. H. K. Lee. His Excellency moved a vote of
thanks, and the motion was supported by Dr. W. H. Bryan and carried
by acclamation.

Abstract of Proceedings, 28th April, 1943.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the
Department of Geology of the University on Wednesday, 28th April,
with Mr. F. A. Perkins (Vice-President) in the chair. About sixty
members and friends were present. The minutes of the previous
meeting were read and confirmed. Mr. D. A. T. Gasking and Dr.
Jarvis Nye were elected to Ordinary Membership, and Dr. D. P.
Hannaford Schafer, Mr. Thomas M. B. Elliott, and Mr. C. L. Daniels
were proposed for membership.

Dr. W. H. Bryan exhibited a set of Benioff seismographic
instruments recently acquired by the Commonwealth Government,
which, originally intended for the Vulcanological Observatory at
Rabaul, are to be used in the Seismological Station of the University
of Queensland. The instruments consist of three seismographs (to
record North-south, East-west, and Vertical components respectively)
and a Benioff Recorder, on which the three components are recorded
simultaneously on three drums carrying 35 m.m. cinematograph films.
The seismograms are so finely recorded that microscopic examination
is necessary, and for this purpose a travelling binocular microscope
is included in the equipment.

Miss M. Scott demonstrated an apparatus for collecting alveolar
air in the rabbit. The principle of the apparatus was explained and
a demonstration of its working given.

VIII.

ABSTRACT OF PRO CEEEIN GS .

Prof. D. H, K. Lee demonstrated the commercial instrument for
multiple measurement of temperature by means of the thermocouple.
In doing so he stressed the necessity for understanding the working
and checking possible errors in the use of even simple instruments.

Mr. Thomas M. B. Elliott discussed old and modern types of
Electrocardiographic units. Several makes were explained and the
galvanometers attached described in detail. The lecturer, by use of
circuit drawings, showed how the patient was connected to the
apparatus and the heart beats recorded photographically on a moving
film. The various portable electrocardiograph units were demonstrated.

Dr. D. P. Hannaford Schafer indicated the clinical uses of the
electrocardiograph. He said its chief function was in the interpreta-
tion of various cardiac rhythmic irregularities and coronary throm-
bosis. Various mechanisms and rhythmic irregularities and coronary
occlusion were illustrated by slides. It was mentioned that the
electrocardiograph had become a great aid to clinical diagnosis, but
its use is a corollary and not a substitute for a careful history and
clinical examination of the patient.

Mr. E. S. Edmiston demonstrated features of a new metallographic
microscope and briefly explained the technique of polishing and
etching metal sections. A number of typical ferrous and non-ferrous
sections were on view.

Abstract of Proceedings, 31st May, 1943.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the
Department of Geology of the University on Monday, 31st May, with
the President (Prof. J. Bostock) in the chair. About thirty members
and friends were present. The minutes of the previous meeting were
read and confirmed. Dr. D. P. Hannaford Schafer, Mr. Thomas M. B.
Elliott, and Mr. C. L. Daniels were elected to Ordinary Membership,
and Dr. Alan Lee was proposed for Ordinary Membership and Mr.
N. J. de Jersey for Associate Membership.

A symposium on “ Vitamins” was held. Introducing the subject,
Prof. T. G. H. Jones outlined the extraordinarily rapid rate of develop-
ment in this field, especially during the last 15 years, as a result of
close co-operation between chemists, physiologists, and nutrition experts.

Mr. I. R. Bick discussed the chemistry of the vitamins, pointing
out that many of them have now been synthesised by the chemist and
are available commercially.

Mr. H. J. G. Hines continued the discussion from a physiological
point of view, and described the function of the vitamins in the human
and animal systems.

Dr. 0. S. Hirschfeld said that the practical value of all the
accumulated knowledge of vitamins lay, not in their use as individual
substances, but in the enormous advances that have been brought about
in dietetics, both in health and disease. If we ate a 4 * wholemeal ’ ’
consisting of milk, butter, cheese, meat, green vegetables, fresh fruit,
and wholemeal bread, not only was there an adequate supply of vitamins
but also of all essential food factors.

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEEINGS.

IX.

Abstract of Proceedings, 28th June, 1943.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the
Department of Geology of the University on Monday, 28th June, at
8 p.m., with Mr. F. A. Perkins (Vice-President) in the chair. About
seventy members and friends were present. The minutes of the previous
meeting were read and confirmed. Dr. Alan Lee and Mr. N. J. de
Jersey were elected to Ordinary and Associate Membership respectively.
Mr. E. B. da Costa was nominated for Ordinary Membership.

Prof. T. G. H. Jones gave an address on “Synthetic Rubber.
The properties of natural rubber were first of all discussed and
the nature of the fundamental unit isoprene indicated. A brief
account of the historical aspects of attempts to produce substances with
the physical properties of natural rubber was given and the chemical
structures of the various types of synthetic rubbers outlined. The
importance of butadiene as a starting point and the use of copolymers
along with this substance was stressed. Consideration was given to the
possibility of producing synthetic rubber in Australia and the import-
ance of alcohol as a raw material indicated. Comparison was made of
the properties of natural and synthetic rubbers and the advantages and
disadvantages of the synthetic products discussed. It was finally stated
that extensive research which was being carried out at present would
probably result in the production of new and better types of synthetic
rubber, which might eventually result in the partial or even complete
displacement of natural rubber for many purposes.

Abstract of Proceedings, 26th July, 1943.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the
Department of Geology of the University on Monday, 26th July, at
8 p.m., with the President (Prof. J. Bostock) in the chair. About
thirty-five members and friends were present. The minutes of the
previous meeting were read and confirmed. Mr. E. B. da Costa was
elected to Ordinary Membership, and Misses Dorothy Haenke and
Irene Tilse were proposed for Associate Membership.

Three sound films dealing with the House Fly, the Louse, and the
Mosquito respectively were shown. Each film dealt with the habits
of the insect in relation to disease, and the preventive and remedial
measures being utilised at present, especially under army conditions.

Mr. F. A. Perkins gave a brief lecture on some of the developments
with regard to mosquitoes during the last two or three years. He drew
attention to gaps in our knowledge of the systematics of Queensland
mosquitoes and illustrated this by reference to the recent epidemic of
malaria at Cairns, during which it was discovered for the first time
that the well-known carrier of malaria, Anopheles punctulatus var.
moluocensis , is established in North Queensland. He also drew attention
to the fact that one of the most successful methods of controlling
mosquitoes is the use of pyrethrum sprays against adult mosquitoes.
He pointed out that the effect of malaria on Australian and American
troops, the recent epidemics of malaria and dengue in Queensland, and
the heavy infestation of salt water mosquitoes in coastal towns during
the last summer have drawn the attention of the members of the

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEEINGS.

community to the mosquito problem. This increased interest has
stimulated the Government to form a National Mosquito Control
Committee and to make available to that Committee the sum of £4,500
to carry out a research and educational programme. The research
work and some of the educational programme is to be carried out at
the University. One of the aims of the Committee is to make the
members of the community conscious of their obligations with regard
to mosquito control as individuals, as residents in a shire or council,
and as citizens of the State.

Abstract of Proceedings, 30th August, 1943.

The Ordinary Monthly meeting of the Society was held in the
Department of Geology of the University on Monday, 30th August, at
8 p.m., with the President (Prof. J. Bostock) in the chair. About
twenty-five members and friends were present. The minutes of the
previous meeting were read and confirmed. Misses D. Haenke and
I. Tilse were elected to Associate Membership, and Mr. Erskine, Mr. J. E.
Cary, and Mr. L. McGrath were proposed for Ordinary Membership.

Prof. H. J. Wilkinson gave a paper on the anatomy of dental caries.
In this he gave a concise account of the structure and development of
the teeth and of dental tissues, pointing out the vulnerable features in
tooth structure and the possible defects of development predisposing to
the onset of dental caries.

Prof. S. F. Lumb gave a paper on dental caries. In discussing this
he said, “ Dental caries is a disease and the most widespread of all
diseases. Investigation, both statistical and scientific, has been intense.
When all the data that have accumulated are analysed the majority of
research will fall into two main headings — General or Predisposing
Causes and Local or Exciting Causes. Under General or Predisposing
Causes consideration has been given to the following : — Immunity,
Heredity, Climate, Race, Community, Physical Condition, Age, Sex,
Chemical Constituents, Endocrine Glands, and Nutrition. While these
factors may have an influence — e.g., Endocrine Glands control meta-
bolism, growth, calcium deposition, &c. — the outstanding factor would
seem to be nutrition, and this has been proved to be only efficacious
during the histological and embryological developmental period of the
enamel. The tooth can only be affected in a general manner by nutrition
during the developmental period; this produces poorly developed or
hypoplastic teeth but not caries. The Local or Exciting Causes have
been investigated under the following headings: — Hardness of Tooth
Structure, Developmental Defects of Jaws and Teeth, Tooth Form,
Function, Tooth Arrangement, Saliva, Oral Flora, and Diet. While all
these factors may appertain to some degree, the outstanding factors
are — Oral Flora, Diet, and Saliva. The Oral Flora contains acid
forming bacteria. Of the foods the ultra-refined carbohydrate form
the substrate for the Flora to act on and the saliva assists in cases by
the lowering of its H.P. Thus the question of Immunity depends on
the absence of acid forming Oral Flora or the substrate — carbohydrate.
To try and remove the pathogenic Oral Flora is impossible, hence the
control is in the elimination or modification of carbohydrate in the diet
— that is, a balanced or orderly diet.”

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEEINGS.

XI.

Abstract of Proceedings, 27th September, 1943.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the Sir
William Macgregor School of Physiology on Monday, 27th September,
at 8 p.m., with the President (Prof. J. Bostock) in the chair. About
forty members and friends were present. The minutes of the previous
meeting were read and confirmed. Mr. Erskine, Mr. J. E. Cary and
Mr. L. McGrath were elected to Ordinary Membership, and Mr. H. Y.
Brown was proposed for Ordinary Membership.

Prof. D. H. K. Lee demonstrated an apparatus — Efficiency Tester:
Gunlaying type — designed and constructed in the Physiology Depart-
ment with the assistance of G. Klemm. This records the speed with
which a test subject can successfully lay a telescopic sight on a target
-or series of targets. The lighting-up of the selected target and the
successful laying of the sight are recorded independently on a rotating
drum, from which the time interval can be calculated.

Mr. C. T. White exhibited specimens of three species of Duboisia.

Mr. F. A. Perkins exhibited a specimen of As car is ( Pienis rapce),
Cabbage Butterfly, which was caught by Mr. E. J. Dumigan at
Toowoomba on the 14th March, 1943. This is the first record of this
serious pest occurring in Queensland. No doubt, as in other countries,
it will spread very rapidly and will continue to be a major pest of
Cruciferous plants.

Mr. I. R. Bick demonstrated the phenomenon of rotary dispersion
of polarised light on passing through a sugar solution. A polaroid
disc was used to polarise the light.

Mr. J. Leeming Schofield exhibited a specimen of Rotenone pre-
pared by the Agricultural Chemist’s Section of the Department of
Agriculture and Stock, obtained from roots of Derris elliptica var.
Sarawak creeping, grown at the Bureau of Tropical Agriculture. He
referred briefly to its special insecticidal properties and to chemical,
agricultural, and marketing aspects of Derris root production. Refer-
ence was made to the classical selection work on Derris in Malaya
carried out by Georgi.

Mr. D. Metcalfe demonstrated the use of the Industrial X-ray in
the production of a sound steel casting.

Dr. W. H. Bryan exhibited a series of specimens illustrating
colour in minerals. He pointed out that whereas some minerals have
their peculiar and characteristic colours, many others display a wide
range of colour. Some of the most striking colour effects were shown
to be due to the presence of chemical impurities or physical
imperfections.

XII.

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEEINGS. ,

Abstract of Proceedings, 25th October, 1943.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the
Department of Geology of the University on Monday, 25th October,
at 8 p.m. with the President (Prof. J. Bostock) in the chair. About
thirty-five members and friends were present. The minutes of the
previous meeting were read and confirmed. Mr. H. V. Browne was
elected to Ordinary Membership, and Messrs. J. D. East, H. C. R.
Fogarty, H. L. Higginson and C. Jones were proposed for Associate
Membership.

Dr. M. F. Hickey read a paper on “ Yesalius, the Founder of
Modern Anatomy,” 1943 being the fourth centenary of the publication
of the “De Fabrica.” He sketched in the historical background of
the time of Yesalius, gave an account of his life and work, indicating
the importance of his work in the history of medicine and of science
in general, and outlined the scope of anatomical inquiry to-day, with
its tools ranging from the electron miscroscope to the palaeontologist’s
spade.

During the Dark and Middle Ages, not only was the factual
content of Greek science lost, but the Greek spirit of observation and
free inquiry disappeared also. In an age of dogmatism, Aristotle
and Galen became authorities above question or criticism. Under the
influence of Humanism and the Naturalism of Renaissance Art, the
genius of the youthful Yesalius, by an appeal to the dissected human
body, destroyed the authority of Galen and helped to free the human
mind for its enormous advances in science. Vesalius founded modern
descriptive anatomy, both in content and method of study. The spirit
is still that of Yesalius ; only the tools are improved.

The speaker stated that the “ De Fabrica ” was the basis of
immediate advances in surgery; it made modern physiology possible.
Not only is it the foundation of modern medicine as a science ; but it
is also the first great positive achievement of science itself in modern
times, taking rank with the treatise of Copernicus “ On the Revolutions
of the Celestial Spheres ” in altering the course of human thought.

Abstract of Proceedings, 29th November, 1943.

The Ordinary Monthly Meeting of the Society was held in the
Department of Geology of the University on Monday, 29th November,
at 8 p.m., with the President (Prof. J. Bostock) in the chair. About
thirty-six members and friends were present. The minutes of the pre-
vious meeting were read and confirmed. Mr. J. D. East, Mr. H. C. R.
Fogarty, Mr. H. L. Higginson, and Mr. C. Jones were elected to
Associate Membership.

Prof. H. C. Richards gave an address on Geophysical Prospecting
Methods for ores and oil. There has been a very considerable increase
in the utilisation of these methods, particularly in U.S.A. and the

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEEINGS.

XIII.

U.S.S.R., and Australia would be well advised to adopt these methods
wherever possible. Some years ago, under Mr. Broughton Edge, there
was conducted in the Commonwealth an investigation into the applica-
tion of these methods to Australian occurrences. The general con-
clusions indicated that the methods were just as applicable here as else-
where. Of recent years there has been a special development in the use
of Ultra-Violet light in the detection of scheelite (Calcium tungstate )-
bearing ore deposits and as this mineral is of especial importance in
connection with the production of Tungsten carbide and Tungsten metal
as powder, rod or filament it is of more than ordinary interest to
Australia and especially to Queensland. A portable ultra-violet light
apparatus operated by a 6-volt battery producing filtered ultra-violet

light of a wave-length of approximately 2500A is especially suitable
and an illustration of the use of the apparatus was given during the
address. Consideration was given to the geophysical tests grouped
under magnetic, gravimetric, seismic both refraction and reflection, and
electrical. The application of these methods to the discovery of ore
deposits and to the determination of structures of especial significance
to engineering geological problems in Australia was discussed. The
manner in which such tests could have been used to advantage in con-
nection with the G-rey Street and Story Bridges in particular was
shown and the great desirability of using the tests generally in develop-
ing the mining resources of the country was particularly pointed out.

Mr. H. A. Mitchell, the Chairman of the Brisbane Division of the
Australian Institution of Mining and Metallurgy, expressed appreciation
on behalf of the members of his Association for the invitation to be
present and moved a vote of thanks which was seconded by Dr. E. 0.
Marks.

XIV.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED.

The following Institutions, Societies, etc., are on our exchange list, and publications
are hereby gratefully acknowledged. Owing to war conditions, many of our ex-
changes have temporarily lapsed.

Argentine —

Universidad Nacional de la Plata.
Universidad de Buenos Aires.

Australia —

Commonwealth Bureau of Census and
Statistics, Canberra.

Department of Agriculture, Melbourne.
Department of Mines, Melbourne.
Royal Society of Victoria.

Field Naturalists ’ Club, Melbourne.
Council for Scientific and Industrial
Research, Melbourne.

Australian Chemical Institute,
Melbourne.

Department of Mines, Adelaide.

Waite Agricultural Research Institute,
Glen Osmond.

Royal Society of South Australia.
Royal Geographical Society of Aus-
tralasia, Adelaide.

Public Library, Museum and Art
Gallery, Adelaide.

University of Adelaide.

Standards Association of Australia,
Sydney.

Naturalists’ Society of New South
Wales.

Department of Agriculture, Sydney.
Department of Mines, Sydney.

Royal Society of New South Wales.
Linnean Society of New South Wales.
Australian Museum, Sydney.

Public Library, Sydney.

University of Sydney.

Botanic Gardens, Sydney.

Australian Veterinary Society, Sydney.
Queensland Naturalists ’ Club, Brisbane.
Department of Mines, Brisbane.
Queensland Museum, Brisbane.
Department of Agriculture, Brisbane.
Royal Geographical Society of Aus-
tralasia (Queensland), Brisbane.
Royal Society of Tasmania.

Mines Department, Hobart.

Mines Department, Perth
Royal Society of Western Australia.
North Queensland Naturalists’ Club,
Cairns.

Department of Fisheries, Sydney.
Technological Museum, Sydney.

McCoy Society, Melbourne.

National Museum, Melbourne.
Australian Institute of Mining and
Metallurgy, Sydney.

State Statistician, Queensland.

Belgium —

Academie Royale de Belgique.

Societe Royale de Botanique de Bel-
gique.

Societe Royale Zoologique de Bel-
gique.

Brazil —

Instituto Oswaldo Cruz, Rio de Janiere.
Ministerio de Agricultura Industria y
Commercio, Rio de Janiero.
Instituto de Biologia Vegetal, Rio de
Janeiro.

Universidade de Sao Paulo.

British Isles —

Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew.

British Museum (Natural History),
London.

Cambridge Philosophical Society.
Literary and Philosophical Society,
Manchester.

Leeds Philosophical and Literary
Society.

Royal Society, London.

Conchological Society of Great Britain
and Ireland, Manchester.

Royal Empire Society, London.

The Bristol Museum and Art Gallery.
Imperial Bureau of Entomology,
London.

Imperial Agricultural Bureau, Aberyst-
wyth.

Royal Society of Edinburgh.

Botancal Society of Edinburgh.

Royal Dublin Society.

Royal Irish Academy, Dublin.
Rothamsted Experimental Station.

Canada —

Department of Mines, Ottawa.

Royal Astronomical Society of Canada.
Royal Society of Canada.

Royal Canadian Institute.

Nova Scotian Institute of Science.
Department of Agriculture, Ottawa.

Ceylon —

Colombo Museum.

Cuba —

Sociedad Geografica de Cuba, Habana.
Universidad de Habana.

Denmark —

The University, Copenhagen.

Finland —

Societas pro Fauna et Flora Fennica,
Helsinki.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED.

XV.

France —

Station Zoologique de Cette.

Soeiete des Sciences naturelles de
1 ’Ouest.

Museum d’Histoire naturelle, Paris.

Soeiete botanique de France.

Soeiete geologique et mineralogique de
Bretagne.

Faculte des Sciences, Marseille.

Soeiete entomologique de France.

Germany —

Zoologisches Museum, Berlin.

Gesellschaft fur Erdkunde, Berlin.

Deutsche Geologische Gesellschaft,
Berlin.

Naturhistorischer Yerein der preus.
Rheinland und Westfalens, Bonn.

Naturhistorisches Museum, Vienna.

Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein zu
Bremen.

Senckenbergische Bibliothek, Frank-
furt a. Main.

Kaiserlich Deutsche Akademie der
Naturforscher, Halle.

Zoologisches Museum, Hamburg.

N aturhistor isch-Medizinischer V erein s,
Heidelberg.

Akademie der Wissensehaften, Leipzig.

Bayerische Akademie der Wissen-
chaften, Munich.

Centralblatt fur Bakteriologie.

Hawaii —

Bernice Pauahi Bishop Museum,
Honolulu.

Holland —

Technische Hoogeschool, Delft.

University of Amsterdam.

Royal Netherlands Academy.

Italy —

Societa Toscana di Scienze Naturali,
Pisa.

Lab. di Entomologia Agraria, Portici.

India —

Geological Survey of India.

Agricultural Research Institute, Pusa.

Japan —

Berichte der Ohara Institut, Kurashiki,
Japan.

Imperial University, Kyoto.

Imperial University, Tokyo.

National Research Council of Japan,
Tokyo.

Taihoku Imperial University.

Tokyo Bunrika Daigaku.

Agricultural Chemical Society of
Japan.

Java —

Koninkligk Naturkundige Yereeniging,
Weltevreden.

Mexico —

Instituto Geologico de Mexico.

Sociedad Cientifica “ Antonio Alzate, ”
Mexico.

Secretario de Agriculture y Fomento,
Mexico.

Observatorio Meterorologieo Central,
Tacaibaya.

New Zealand —

Dominion Museum, Wellington.

Royal Society of New Zealand.
Auckland Institute and Museum.
Dominion Laboratory, Wellington.
Council for Scientific and Industrial
Research, Wellington.

Geological Survey of New Zealand.

Peru —

Sociedad Geologica del Peru, Lima.

Philippine Islands —

Bureau of Science, Manila.

Poland —

Polskie Towarzystwo Przyrodnikow im
Kopernika, Lwow.

Societes Savantes Polonaises.

University of Lwow.

Museum Zool., Warsaw.

Geological Institute, Warsaw.

Portugal —

Academia Polytechnicada, Oporto.
Sociedade Broterniana, Coimbra.
Instituto Botanico, Coimbra.

U.S.S.R. —

Academy of Sciences, Leningrad.
Bureau of Applied Entomology, Lenin-
grad.

Laboratory of Palaeontology, Moscow.
Lenin Academy of Agriculture
Sciences, Leningrad.

Spain —

Real Academia de Ciencias y Artes de
Barcelona.

Real Academia de Ciencias, Madrid.
Museo de Historia Natural, Valencia.
Academia de Ciencias de Zarogoza.

Sweden —

Geological Institute of Upsala.
Goteborgs Kungl, Vetenskaps.

Kungl. Fysiografiska Sallskapets,
Lund.

Switzerland —

Soeiete de Physique et d ’Histoire
naturelle, Geneve.

Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Zurich
The League of Nations, Geneva.

South Africa —

Geological Society of South Africa,
J ohannesburg.

South African Museum, Capetown.
Durban Museum, Natal.

Transvaal Museum, Pretoria.

Natal Museum, Pietermaritzburg,

XVI.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED.

Gold Coast —

Geological Survey.

United States of America —

United States Geological Survey,
Washington.

Natural History Survey, Illinois.

Lloyd Library, Cincinnati.

Wisconsin Academy of Arts, Science,
and Letters, Madison.

California Academy of Sciences.

Cornell University, Ithaca, New York.

University of Minnesota.

University of California.

Library of Congress, Washington.

Field Museum of Natural History,
Chicago.

American Museum of Natural History,
New York.

Buffalo Society of Natural History.

Boston Society of Natural History.

American Philosophical Society, Phila-
delphia.

American Geographical Society, New
York.

Smithsonian Institute, Washington.

Carnegie Institute, Washington.

United States Department of Agricul-
ture, Washington.

Oberlin College, Ohio.

National Academy of Science, Wash-
ington.

Rochester Academy of Sciences.

Academy of Natural Sciences, Phila-
delphia.

New York Academy of Science.

Indiana Academy of Science.

American Academy of Science and
Arts, Boston.

Institute of Biological Research,
Baltimore.

John Crerar Library, Chicago.

Ohio Academy of Science, Columbus.

Arnold Arboretum, Jamaica Plains.

Michigan Academy of Arts, Science
and Letters.

University of Michigan.

Minnesota Geological Survey.

New York Zoological Society.

Wistar Institute of Anatomy and
Biology, Philadelphia.

Portland Society of Natural History.

San Diego Society of Natural
History.

Puget Sound Biological Station,
Seattle.

Missouri Botanic Gardens, St. Louis.

University of Illinois, Urbana.

State College of Washington, Pull-
man.

Bureau of Standards, Washington.

National Research. Council, Wash-
ington.

United States National Museum,
Washington.

Public Health Service, Washington.

Peabody Museum of Natural History.
Yale.

University of California, Los Angeles,
California.

Bingham Oceanographic Collection.

Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Harvard.

Western Society of Engineers,
Chicago.

Academy of Science of St. Louis.

University of Kansas, Lawrence.

Kansas Academy of Science, Law-
rence.

University of Iowa.

Vanderbilt Marine Museum, Hunting
ton.

LIST OF MEMBERS.

XVII.

List of Members.

Honorary Life Members.

^Henderson, J. B., O.B.E., F.C.S., c/- Mrs. L. Crawford, Laurel Avenue,

F.I.C. Chelmer, S.W. 3.

Simmonds, J. H., senr. . . . . Hillsdon Boad, Taringa, Brisbane.

Walkom, A.B., D.Sc. . . . . . . Australian Museum, College Street,

Sydney.

Life Members.

Hulsen, B. . . . . . . . . Penney ’s, 3rd Floor, Queen Street,

Brisbane.

•Jensen, H. I., D.Sc. . . . . . . P.O., Caboolture.

Biddell, B. M. . . . . . . . . Department of Public Instruction, Bris-

bane.

Tilling, H. W., M.B.S.C. (Eng.), Nairobi, Kenya, Africa.

L.B.C.T. (Lond.)

Corresponding Members.

•Domin, Dr. K. . . . . . . . . Czech University, Prague.

Gregory, Professor W. K. . . . . Columbia University, New York.

•Skeats, Prof.. E. W., D.Sc. . . . . The University, Melbourne, Victoria.

Ordinary Members.

Archibald, Miss L., M.Sc., M.B., B.S.
Atherton, D. O., M.Agr.Sc.

Bage, Miss A. F., M.Sc. . .

*Ball, C. W., M.Sc

Ball, L. C., B.E

Bambrick, B.

Barker, F

Barker, G. H . .

*Beasley, A. W., B.Sc.

•Bennett, F., B.Sc.

Biek, E. W

Bick, I. B., M.Sc.

•Blake, S. T., M.Sc

Bleakley, J. W. . .

Boissard, G. P. D., B.Sc.

Booth, F. G., M.D.

•Bostock, J., M.D., B.S., D.P.M.,

M.B.C.S., L.B.C.P.

Bosworth, F. O., B.A.

Boys, B. S., L.D.S.

Braes, E. M.

*Briggs, Mrs. C.

Brimblecombe, A. B., M.Sc. . .

* Briton, N. W., B.Vet.Sc

Broe, J. J., M.Sc.

Brown, Graham, M.B.C.S., L.B.C.P.,
F.B.A.C.S.

Health Department, Brisbane.
Department of Agriculture and Stock,
Toowoomba.

Women’s College, Kangaroo Point, Bris-
bane.

Geological Survey Office, Charters
Towers.

Geological Survey Office, Brisbane
Stock Inspector, Gayndah.

Bailway Audit Office, Brisbane.

Adelaide Street, Brisbane.

The University, Brisbane.

“Irby, ” 25th North Street, Mackay.
Coronation Avenue, St. Lucia, Brisbane.
The University, Brisbane.

Botanic Gardens, Brisbane.

Department of Native Affairs, Brisbane.
The University, Brisbane.

113 Wickham Terrace, Brisbane.
Wickham Terrace, Brisbane.

Agricultural College, Lawes.

P.O. Box 135, Toowoomba.

“My ora, ” Junction Terrace, Annerley.

First Avenue, Eagle Junction, Brisbane.
Department of Agriculture and Stock,
Brisbane.

Agricultural College, Lawes.

Central Technical College, Brisbane.

371 Queen Street, Brisbane.

Members who have contributed papers to the Society.

XVIII.

LIST OF MEMBERS.

Brown, Jas., B.A., M.D., Ch.B.

(Edin.), D.Ph. (Cambridge)
*Bryan, W. H., M.C., D.Sc

*Bryan, W. W., M.Agr.Sc.

Buzacott, J. H., M.Sc.

Caldwell, N. E. H., M.Agr.Sc.

Callaghan, J. P., M.Sc.
Carson-Cooling, Geo., M.Sc.

Carter, S. B.Sc.

Cary, J. G.

Chippendale, P., M.Agr.Sc.

Christian, C. S., M.Sc.

Cilento, Sir R. W., M.D., B.S.

Clark, C., M.A.

Collins, Mrs. E., B.Sc.

Coleman, F. B.

Connah, T. H., M.Sc.

Cottrell-Dormer, W., M.Agr.Sc.
Courtice, R., B.Sc., M.B., B.S.

Cribb, H. G., B.Sc

Croll, Gifford, M.B.

Cummings, R. P., M.A.

Daniels, C. L. . .

*Denmead, A. K., M.Sc.

Dixon, G. P., C.B.E., M.B., Ch.M. . .
*Dodd, Alan P., O.B.E

Donaldson, R. J.

*Duhig, J. Y., Professor, M.B.,
F.R.A.C.P.

Edmiston, E. S., M.Sc.

Elliott, T. M. B.

Ellis, C., B.E.

Erskine, T. W., T.T.S.C

Evans, C. K., M.Sc.

Everist, S. L., B.Sc

Ferguson, Miss G., B.Sc.

*Fisher, N. H., D.Sc.

Fison, D. G., M.Sc., M.B., B.S. ..
Ford, F. Campbell

Fortescue, L.

Fraser, C. S.

Fraser, K., B.Sc., B.Sc.App., B.E. . .
Fraser, K. M. . . . .

Frew, A. E. Harding, B.E.

Gaffney, T.

“ Widmoorene,” Margaret Street, Too-
woomba

The University, Brisbane.

Agricultural High School and College,
Lawes.

Sugar Experiment Station, Meringa, via
Gordonvale.

Department of Agriculture and Stock,
Townsville.

Royal North Shore Hospital, Sydney.

Boys ’ Grammar School, Brisbane.

187 Waterworks Road Ashgrove, W. 3.

9, Macaulay Street, Coorparoo.

Agricultural Experiment Station, Biloela.

Division of Plant Industry, C.S.I.R.,
Canberra.

Department of Health, Brisbane.

Bureau of Industry, Brisbane.

4 Pearl Avenue, Chatswood, Sydney.

Department of Agriculture and Stock,
Brisbane.

Geological Survey Office, Brisbane.

Nukualofa, Tonga.

McLeod Street, Herston.

Geological Survey Office, Brisbane.

Sherwood, Brisbane.

University of Queensland, Brisbane.

Mount Isa Mines Ltd., Mount Isa.

Geological Survey, Brisbane.

Wickham Terrace, Brisbane.

Prickly-pear Laboratory, Sherwood, Bris-
bane.

care of Gibbs, Bright, and Co., Queen
Street, Brisbane.

Ballow Chambers, Wickham Terrace,
Brisbane.

The University, Brisbane.

Stanford X-ray Co. Pty., Ltd., Wickham
Terrace, Brisbane.

Co-ordinator-General’s Department, Bris-
bane.

Brisbane Boys’ College, Toowong

Ipswich Technical College, Ipswich.

Department of Agriculture, Blackall.

Rode Road, Nundah.

Victoria Parade, Clayfield.

Children’s Hospital, Brisbane.

“Stanford,” Kennedy Terrace, Red Hill,
Brisbane.

New Zealand Chambers, 334 Queen Street,
Brisbane.

246 Queen Street, Brisbane.

Central Technical College, Brisbane.

“Shellbourne, ” 187 Toorak road, South
Yarra, Melbourne.

Los Angeles, 456 St. Kilda Road, Mel-
bourne.

Engineer in Charge, Pumping Station,
Pinkenba.

* Members who have contributed papers to the Society.

LIST OF MEMBERS.

XIX..

Gasking, D. A. T.

Gibson, J. Lockhart, M.D.

Gipps, F.

‘Goddard, Prof. E. J., B.A., D.Sc. . .
Gray, D. F., B.Vet.Sc.

Greenham, R., B.Sc.

Grenning, Y.

‘Grey, Mrs. B. B., F.L.S

‘Gurney, E. H. . .

Gutteridge, N. M., M.B., B.S.
‘Haenke, W. L., M.Sc., B.Sc.App.

Hall, G., B.Sc

‘Hamlyn-Harris, R., D.Sc.

Hamon, W. P., B.Agr.Sc.

Handley, Mrs. J. N. . .

Hardie, Sir David, M.D., M.S.

‘Hardy, G. H

Hardy, Miss M., M.Sc.

Harris, V. E. G., B.Sc.

‘Hawken, Professor R. W., B.A., M.E.,
M.Inst.C.E.

•Herbert, D. A., D.Sc.

Herdsman, L. P.

Hickey, M. F., M.A., M.B., B.S.

♦Hill, Miss D., D.Sc., Ph.D

‘Hines, H. J., B.Sc.

‘Hitchcock, L. F., M.Sc.

Hirschfeld, E., M.D.

Hirschfeld, O. S., M.B., M.Sc.
Hoeben, J. G. H., B.Vet.Sc.

Hossfeld, P. S., M.Sc.

Hyland, R. H., B.Sc.

Jack, Thos.

James, F. W., M.Sc

Jones, B.

Jones, Inigo, F.R.A.S., F.R.Met.Soc.,
F.Am.Geog.Soc., F.R.S.A.

•Jones, Owen, M.Sc.

‘Jones, Professor T. G. H., D.Sc.,
A.A.C.I.

‘Just, J. S

Kemp, J. R.

Kesteven, K. Y. L., B.Vet.Sc.

Knight, C. L., M.Sc.

The University, Brisbane.

Wickham Terrace, Brisbane.

“ Corymbosa, 1 ’ Eagle Heights.

The University, Brisbane.

Animal Health Station, Yeerongpilly.

Australasian Petroleum Co., Port
Moresby.

Director of Forests, Lands Department,
George Street, Brisbane.

care of Queensland Trustees, Toowoomba.

26 Augustus Street, Toowong.

Inchcolme, Wickham Terrace, Brisbane.

“Rockton, ” Limestone Hill, Ipswich.

Mount Isa Mines Ltd., Mount Isa, N.Q.

‘ 1 Takewell, ’ ’ Margaret Street, Queen ’s
Beach, Redcliffe.

“Clifton, ” Ubobo, via Gladstone.

Brockley, Ballina Road, via Lismore.

“ Blythsdale, ’ ’ Hamilton, Brisbane.

The University, Brisbane.

McMaster Lab., University, Sydney.

The Southport School, Southport.

The University, Brisbane.

Biology Department, University, Bris-
bane.

Government Printing Office, George
Street, Brisbane.

Medical School, Herston Road, Brisbane.

Geology Department, University, Bris-
bane.

The University, Brisbane.

School of Veterinary Science, Yeerong-
piliy.

33 Wickham Terrace, Brisbane.

231 Wickham Terrace, Brisbane.

Veterinary Science School, Fairfield Road,
Yeerongpilly.

P.O. Box 24, South Brisbane.

45 Ascog Terrace, Toowong.

Cunningham Street, Dalby.

Department of Engineering, University
of Queensland, Brisbane.

Superior Oil Co., Ltd., of New Zealand,
Suite 4, National Bank Chambers,
Palmerston N., New Zealand.

Crohamhurst Observatory, Beerwah, Q.

The University, Brisbane.

Chemistry Department, The University,
Brisbane.

Box 1067N., G.P.O., Brisbane.

Main Roads Commission, Albert Street,
Brisbane.

Animal Health Station, Yeerongpilly.

Department of Supply and Shipping,
Canberra, A.C.T.

Members who have contributed papers to the Society.

XX.

LIST OF MEMRBRS.

Kyle, W. M., M.A.

•Lahey, F. N., D.Sc. ..

•Langdon, K. F. N., B.Agr.Se.

•Lee, Professor D. H. K., M.Sc., M.B.,
Ch.M., D.T.M.

*L egg, J., D.Y.Sc., M.R.C.V.S.
•Longman, H. A., F.L.S.

Love, y. N.

Lumb, Professor S. F., D.D.S., L.D.S.

Lynch, A. J., M.B., Ch.M

•Mackerras, Mrs. Ian, M.B. . .
MacMahon, P. G.

Marks, A. H., C.B.E., D.S.O., M.D. . .
•Marks, E. O., M.D., B.A., B.E.

•Marks, Miss E. N., M.Sc

Mathewson, J. H. R., M.B., Ch.B. . •

McConnel, Miss U., M.A. . .
McDonald, S. F., M.D., M.R.C.P. . .

McDowall, Val., M.B., Ch.M.,
F.R.A.C.P., F.F.R.

McKenzie, A. D., M.B., Ch.M.
Macpherson, R. K., M.Sc.

Meyers, E. S., M.B., F.R.A.C.S.

Money, Miss B. J., M.Sc.

Morton, C. C., A.C.T.S.M

•Munro, I. S. R., B.Sc.

Murphy, Ellis, M.D.

•Murray, Professor J. K., B.A.,

B.Sc.Agr.

Newman, Miss A. W., B.Sc.

Nye, Jarvis, M.B., Ch.M., F.R.A.C.P.

O 'Connor, E. A., M.Sc.

Ogilvie, C., B.E.

•Paltridge, T. B., B.Sc

•Parnell, Professor T., M.A.

Payne, W. L. . .

•Pearce, Mrs. T. R., M.Sc.

Pennington, R., B.A.

•Perkins, F. A., B.Sc.Agr.

Peters, R.

Preston, G.

Price, T. A., M.B., B.S.

•Reid, J. H., A.S.T.C

Reimann, A. L., D.Sc., Ph.D.

•Reye, A. J., M.B

•Richards, Professor H. C., D.Sc. . .

Riddle, A. R., M.Sc

•Roberts, F. H. S., D.Sc.

The University, Brisbane.

Department of Chemistry, University of
Melbourne.

The University, Brisbane.

Animal Health- Station, Yeerongpilly.
Queensland Museum, Brisbane.

85 Kintore avenue, Prospect, South
Australia.

The University, Brisbane.

413 Brunswick Street, Valley, Brisbane.
Box 109, Canberra, A.C.T.

Health Department, Brisbane.

109 Wickham Terrace, Brisbane.

101 Wickham Terrace, Brisbane.

Ballow Chambers, Wickham Terrace,
Brisbane.

Cressbrook, via Toogoolawah.

1 1 Fancoiirt, " Wickham Terrace, Bris-
bane.

131 Wickham Terrace, Brisbane.

Russell Street, Toowoomba.

Medical School, Herston Road, Brisbane.
Ballow Chambers, Wickham Terrace,
Brisbane.

The University, Brisbane.

Charters Towers.

The University, Brisbane.

14 Sutherland Avenue, Ascot.
Agricultural High School and College,
Lawes.

Bilsen Road, Nundah.

Brisbane Clinic, Wickham Terrace, Bris-
bane.

The University, Brisbane.

Lands Department, Brisbane.
Agricultural College, Lawes.

The University, Brisbane.

Lands Department, Brisbane.

Box 332, P.O., Lismore, New South
Wales.

The University, Brisbane.

Department of Agriculture, Brisbane.
Gregory Terrace, Brisbane.

Toowoomba.

Geological Survey Office, Rockhampton

Radiophysics Laboratory, The Univer-
sity. Sydney.

97 Wickham Terrace, Brisbane.

The University, Brisbane.

The Abattoir, Cannon Hill, Brisbane.
Animal Health Station, Yeerongpilly.

Members who have contributed papers to the Society.

LIST OP MEMBERS.

XXI.

•Robertson, W. T.

Robinson, E. V.

•Robinson, Miss K. W., M.Sc.

Roe, R., B.Sc.

Schafer, Hannaford, D.P., M.R.C.R.,
M.R.A.C.P.

Schindler, C., M.A.

Schofield, J. L., B.Sc

Scott, Miss F. E., B.Sc.

Scott, Miss M. I. R., M.Sc.

Shaw, J. G., B.Agr.Sc

•Shepherd, E. M., B.E

•Simmonds, J. H., M.Sc.

Simonds, Prof. E. F., M.A., B.Sc.,
Ph.D.

Sims, G. W.

Sloan, W. J. S., M.Agr.Sc

Smith, D. J. W., B.Sc

* Smith, F. B., D.Se., F.I.C

Smith, J. H., M.Sc., N.D.A.

Smith, K S., B.Sc

Sparks, H. J. . .

Steel, W. H., M.B.

Stoney, A. J., B.E.E

Strong, T. H., M.Agr.Sc

Summerville, W. A. T., M.Sc.

Tabrett, Miss D., B.Sc.

Tarleton, A., M.B

Taylor, G. C., M.B., Ch.M

Tesch, J., B.Agr.Sc.

Thelander, C., M.B., Ch.B., F.R.A.C.S.

Thomas, L., M.Sc.

Thorn, St. G. . .

•Tommerup, E. C., M.Sc.

Trist, A., M.F., B.Sc.

•Turner, A. J., M.D., F.E.S, . .

•Veitch, R„, B.Sc.Agr., B.Sc. For.,
F.R.E.S.

Waddle, I,, M.Sc.

•Wade, A., B.Sc., A.R.C.Sc

Wadley, J. B. . .

Watkins, S. B., M.Sc.

Watson, Miss K., B.A,

Webster, H. C,, M.Sc., Ph D., F.I.P.,
F.R.M.S,

Weddell, J. A, , .

Assistant Bacteriologist, City Hall, Bris-
bane.

Geology Department, University, Bris-
bane.

The University, Brisbane.

.Box 109, Canberra.

Brisbane Clinic, Wickham Terrace, Bris-
bane.

The University, Brisbane.

404 Upper Cornwall Street, Greenslopes.

Northumberland Hotel, Gympie.

The University, Brisbane.

Children’s Hospital, Brisbane,

131 Gladstone Road, Highgate Hill.

Department of Agriculture and Stock.
Brisbane.

The University, Brisbane.

Grove Crescent, Toowong.

Department of Agriculture and Stock,
Rockhampton.

Department of Health, Brisbane.

Rosecherry Street, Highgate Hill, Bris-
bane.

Department of Agriculture and Stock,
Brisbane.

Care of Government Botanist, Botanic
Gardens, Brisbane.

350 Queen Street, Brisbane.

Rosemount Hospital, Windsor.

The University, Brisbane.

Waite Institute, Adelaide, S.A.

Department of Agriculture and Stock,
Brisbane.

69 Vulture Street, West End, Brisbane.

Ballow Chambers, Wickham Terrace,
Brisbane.

Care of Becker’s Pty., Adelaide.

Ballow Chambers, Wickham Terrace,
Brisbane.

Post Office, Stanthorpe.

Animal Health Station, Yeerongpilly.

Agricultural High School and College,
Lawes.

Forestry Department, Brisbane.

Dauphin Street, Highgate Hill.

Department of Agriculture and Stock,
Brisbane.

Brisbane State High School, Musgrave

Park, Brisbane.

Shell Oil Co., Ann Street, Brisbane.

Salt Street, Albion.

Mount Cootha Road, Brisbane, S.W. 1=

Department of Public Works, Brisbane.

Radiophysics Laboratory, University,
Sydney.

Department of Agriculture and Stock,
Brisbane.

* Members who have contributed papers to the Society.

XXIX.

LIST OF MEMBERS.

Wells, W. G.

♦White, C. T

White, M., M.Sc., Ph.D., A.A.C.I. . .

♦Whitehouse, F. W., D.Se., Ph.D.
Wilkinson, Professor H. J., M.D. . .
Williams, W.

*Yeates, 1ST. T. M., B.Sc

Department of Agriculture and Stock,
Brisbane.

Go </ernment Botanist, Botanic Gardens,
Brisbane.

Dt partment of Agriculture and Stock,
Brisbane.

Tike University, Brisbane.

The University, Brisbane.

P.O., Kilcoy.

The University, Brisbane.

Associate Members.

de Jersey, A. J. . . . . . . Geology Department, University, Bris-

bane.

East, J. D. . . . . . . . . Mines Department, Brisbane.

Fogarty, H. C. . . . . . . Hillside Crescent, Hamilton.

Haenke, Miss D. . . . . . . 57, Chatsworth Road, Greenslopes.

Higginson, H. L. . . . . . . St. Kilda Flats, 190 Moray Street, New

Farm.

Jones, C. . . . . . . . . Norfolk Street, Coorparoo.

Riek, E. F. . . . . . . . . The University, Brisbane.

Tilse, Miss I. . . . . . . . . The University, Brisbane.

* Members who have contributed papers to the Society.

A. H. Tucker, Government Printer, Brisbane.

CONTENTS.

Volume LV.

No. 1.— Presidential Address.: Terra Australis Kediviva, By D. E. K.

Lee , M.Sc., M.D., B S., D.T.M. (Issued separately, 4th August,
1943) .. .. .. ..

No. 2. — -Australian Stratiomyudae, II. By G. E. Eardy. (Issued
separately, 7th September, 1944) .. ; . .

No. 3. — A Revision of the Australian Nolidae (Lepidoptera). By
A. Jefferis Turner , M.D., F.R.E.S. (Issued separately, 4th
March, 1944) .. .. .. .. .... . ...

No. 4. — Outline of the Geology of the Morose Goldfields. By
N. E. Fisher, JD.Sq. (Issued separately, 26th June, 1944)

No. 5. — Contributions to the Queensland Flora, No. 8. By 0- T. White.
(Issued separately, 26th June, 1944) . . . . . .

No. 6.— Essential Oils of the Queensland Flora, Part XIX. By
T. G. E. Jones, D.Se ., A.A.C.I., and F. N. Lakey, D.Sc .
(Issued separately, 26th June, 1944) . . . . ..

No. 7. — Notes on the Petrie Series, South-Eastern Queensland. By
A. W. Beasley , B.8e. (Issued separately, 26th June, 1944) . .

Report of Council . . . . . . . . . .

Abstract of Proceedings

List of Library Exchanges ... .. .. . . .. ..

Pages.

1-19

13-59

51-58

59-83

85-86

87-101
' v.-vL’
vii.-xiii,
xiv.-xvi.

List of Members

.'. xvii.-xxii,

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Proceedings of the Royal Society of Queensland"

See other formats